The Muntakhabu-’rukh, Volume 2

In the month Muḥarram^375c of the year nine hundred and (P. 364) ninety-six (996) Mán Singh was appointed to the government of the districts of Bahár, Hájípúr, and Patnah. And on the night of the tenth of this month having offered to him, together with the Khán Khánán, the cup of friendship, His Majesty brought up the subjects of “Discipleship,” and proceeded to test Mán Singh. He said without any ceremony: “If Discipleship means willingness to sacrifice one's life, I have already carried my life in my hand: what need is there of further proof? If, however, the term has another meaning and refers to Faith, I certainly am a Hindú. If you order me to do so, I will become a Musalmán, but I know not of the existence of any other religion than these two.” At this point the matter stopped, and the Emperor did not question him any further, but sent him to Bengál.

At this time he gave the government of Kashmír to Yúsuf Khán Razawí of Mashhad, and sent for Muḥammad Qásim Khán from that place.

On the twelfth of Çafar³⁷⁶ of the year nine hundred and ninety-six (996) he sent Muḥammad Çádiq Khán to expel Yúsuf Záí from Sawád-u-Bajór,^376a and he gave the jágír of Mán Singh, consisting of Sawálikát^376b &c. to him. And he sent for Isma'íl Qulí Khán from Sawád-u-Bajór, and appointed him to supersede Qulíj in Gujrát.

In this month Mírzá Fúlád Beg Barlás managed to get Mullá Aḥmad the Shi'ah, on some pretext, out of his house at midnight and killed him, because he had reviled the Companions of the Prophet, and “Bravo! the dagger of Steel”^376c gives the date, and another suggested “Hell-fire Pig.”^376d And verily when he was at his last breath I saw his face look actually like that of a pig,^376e and other persons also observed this phenomenon, God preserve us from the wickedness of our souls! They bound Mírzá Fúlád to the foot of an elephant and dragged him through the streets of Láhor, until at last he attained the grade of martyrdom. When the Emperor sent by Ḥakím Abu-l-Fatḥ and asked him: “Can zeal for the faith have been the motive of your killing Mullá Aḥmad?” (P. 365) He answered, “If zeal for religion had been my motive, I should have turned my hand against a greater one than he.” He brought back this answer to the Emperor, and said, “This fellow is a regular scoundrel, he ought not to be allowed to live.” So the Emperor ordered him to be put to death; although on account of his bravery, and the intercession of the people of the harem he wished to spare his life. The murdered man went to his own place three or four days after his murderer. The Shi'ahs at the time of washing the corpse, are said to have, according to the rules of their sect, put a nail into his arms, and plunged him several times into the river.³⁷⁷ After his burial Shaikh Faizí and Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl set guards over his grave, bnt in spite of all precaution in the year when His Majesty went to Kashmír the people of Láhor one night took up his gross carcass, and burnt it.

On the twenty-second of Rabí-us-sání of the year nine hundred and ninety-six the New Year's day of the thirty-third, or thirty-fourth, year from the Accession took place. The Emperor, in order to beguile the common people, had the public audience-hall which consists of one hundred and fourteen porticos, decorated with all sorts of ornamentations, such as valuable stuffs and embroidered curtains. And all sorts of edicts contrary to the Law were issued, and “Publication of Heresy”^377a gives the date.

At this time Qulíj Khán came from Gujrát to pay homage, and brought all sorts of presents. And a command was issued, that he in conjunction with Rájah Todar Mall (who had become a very imbecile old man, and whom one night about this time a rival had lain in wait for, and wounded with his sword, and grazed his skin) should conduct the administrative and financial concerns of the Empire. In this year the Rájah of Kamáún, who had never, nor his father or grandfather before him, (God's curse be on them!) seen an Emperor even in imagination, came from the Sawálik hills to pay his homage to the Emperor at Láhor. He brought all sorts of rare presents, amongst which were a Yak, and a Musk-deer, which through (P. 366) the heat of the atmosphere died on the way. I saw it, and it was in form like a fox, and two small tusks prejected in front, and instead of horns it had an elevation, but since the lower half was wrapped up, it could not be seen. They said also that there were men in that country, who had wings and feathers, and could fly; and also in that kingdom a mango-tree which gives fruit all the year round. They told the tale, but God knows if it is true!

In these days Ḥakím Ayn-ul-mulk arrived with the ambassadors of Mírzá Jání,^377b and brought all sorts of presents, and became the recipient of His Majesty's kindness.

In the month Jamáda'-l-awwal of the year nine hundred and ninety-seven (997) I finished the translation of the Rámayaṇa, which had taken me four years. I wrote it all in couplets, and brought it to the Emperor. When I wrote at the end of it the couplet:—

“We have written a story, who will bring it to the Emperor?
We have burnt our soul, who will bring it to the Beloved?”

it was much admired. The Emperor asked me, “How many sheets does it contain?” I answered, “The first time, when written concisely it reached nearly 70 sheets, but the second time, when written more at length, it was 120 sheets.” He commanded me to write a preface to it, after the manner of authors. But since it was no such great recovery from my former falling out of favour, and a khutbah would have to be written without praising God and the Prophet, I dissimulated. And from that black book, which is naught like the book of my life, I flee to God for refuge. The transcription of atheism is not atheism, and I repeat the declaration of faith in opposition to heresy, why should I fear (which God forbid!) that a book, which was all written against the grain, and in accordance with a strict command, should bring with it a curse. O God! I verily take refuge in Thee from associating anything with Thee, and I know, and I beg thy forgiveness for that which I know not, and I repent of it, and say: “There is no God but Alláh, and Muḥammad is the Prophet of Alláh”. And thus my penitence is no penitence caused by fear. May it be accepted at the Court of The Gracious and Liberal!

At this time they brought an imposter Shaikh Kamál Bayání by name (P. 367) from the banks of the river Ráwí and affirmed that in the midst of conversation he had in the twinkling of an eye gone over to the other side and called out “So and so go home!” So the Emperor took him privately to the banks of a river and said: “We are fond of investigating this sort of thing. If you can show us this miracle, all the wealth and dominions that we possess are yours, and we will become your property.” When he made no sort of answer, the Emperor said: “Very well then we will bind you hand and foot, and cast you from the top of the Castle. If you come out of the water safe and sound, well and good, if not, you will have gone to hell”. Being brought to bay he pointed to his stomach and said: “I have done all this merely for the sake of filling this hell of my own!” The impostor had a cunning son, who lived at Láhor. While he was speaking, his son at the time of evening prayer, went to the other side of the river, and using the name of the person addressed, shouted out in a voice like that of his father: “So and so go!”, while the impostor on the pretence of performing the ablutions had gone down to the edge of the river and hidden himself in the stream. Another time, when the Emperor had sent him to Bakkar, he there also set up a claim to working miracles, and performed in the presence of the Khán Khánán, and Doulat Khán, his wakíl, a hundred similar wonders. On Thursday evenings, dressed as a juggler, he used to show a hand, and head, and foot, all separated.³⁷⁹

He made Doulat Khán Afghán, who was the Khán Khánán's factotum and âme damnée his disciple:—

“A common person, if raised in rank above the sky,
Is but a common ass, and he that believes in him is less than an ass.”

The Khán Khánán also became a believer, and swallowed the deception. And that cunning lad, having taken a golden ball from the Khán Khánán for the sake of that impostor of a Shaikh, said: “Elijah (peace be on him!) has sent you a request, and requires this ball in the water. By deceit and fraud he threw a brazen ball into the water in the sight of the Khán Khánán, and the golden ball (P. 368) he carried off by his trickery.”

In this year the Emperor called to mind my gift of the book, which I was translating, and one day he ordered Abú'l-Fatḥ to give me a shawl from the privy wardrobe, and a horse and my expenses. Then he said to Sháh Fatḥ-ulláh 'Azd-ud-doulah: “the whole of Basáwar is hereby given to you as jágír, with all its charity-lands,” and mentioning my name he said, “There is a certain man of Bádáón, we have of our own will changed his madad-ma'ásh without abatement from Basáwar to Badáón.

Sháh Fatḥ-ullah presented in a bag an offering of 1000 rupees, which by oppression and secret false accusations he had tyrannously exacted from the wretched widows and orphans of the aimah-holders of Basáwar, saying that his collectors had saved it from the charity-lands. The Emperor made him a present of it. Not three months elapsed after this event, when Sháh Fatḥ-ullah died.

When my farmán was signed, I took a year's leave, and went first to Basáwar and then to Badáón. Thence I had in my mind to go to Gujrát to see Mirzá Nizám-ud-dín Aḥmad, but adverse circumstances occurred, which prevented my carrying this intention into effect:—

“I am not vexed that my affair
Turns out not well, but ill,
If it happen, let it happen; if not, acquiesce,
[Who knows] what will happen!”

In this year Sayyid 'Abd-ulláh Khán Chougán Begí, and Mirzá-dah 'Alí Khán, who were of the most esteemed Amírs, died in Kashmír in the following circumstances. Sayyid 'Abd-ulláh Khán on the twelfth of the month Rabí' ul-awwál³⁸⁰ cooked some food in the name of the Soul of the Prophet (God bless him, and his family, and give them peace!), and gave some gold to the poor, and having sincerely repented of his sins went out hunting with Mírzá Yúsuf Khán, and caught a fever, and gave up his soul to the Beloved. And Mirzádah 'Alí Khán, was killed one year before (P. 369) thus, on the night when Ya'qúb made a sudden attack on Muḥammad Qásim Khán:—

Alas! for the friends of spiritual insight,
With whom we were but a short time together.
Alas! for our friends of earthy composition,
Who have left this dust-heap like the wind.
Alas! that this blood-weeping eye of mine,
Sees not now a trace of them.
They spake for a little while, they are now silent,
They are vanished from the memory of their friends.
Of all those consolers not one remains,
I and grief are left, for all my friends are gone.
How shall I lay my drowsy head on the pillow,
When my friends have made their pillow on the clay.
My heart desires the corner of solitude,
I have no desire for the companionship of any one.
Alas! that those, who now sit behind the veil of secrets,
Are not gone to a place whence they can return.
When in confusion on that bed of sorrow
I fell like clay, and settled like dust,
Over that mortal-clay I raised many a cry:
To my ear no answer came from any.

On the twenty-second of Jamáda'-s-sání³⁸¹ of the year nine hundred and ninety-seven the Emperor set out from Kábul for Kashmír, which he called his private garden. He left the ladies of his ḥaram with the young prince Sulṭán Murád at Bhimbar, where the road to Kash-mír begins, and went on by forced marches. When he had visited that beautiful country, he sent a farmán to the Prince ordering him the take the ḥaram on to Rohtás and there await the Emperor's arrival.

At this time that wonder of the age Sháh Fatḥ-ulláh of Shíráz developed a burning fever in Kashmír, and since he was himself a skilled physician, he treated himself by eating pottage, and however much the Ḥakím 'Alí forbade it, he would not be prevented. So the exactor Death seized his collar and dragged him off to the eternal world. He was buried on Takht-i-Sulaimán, which is a mountain near (P. 370) one of the cities^381a of Kashmír, by the side of the tomb of Sayyid 'Abd-ullah Khán Chougán Begí. And that king of poets Shaikh Faizí wrote as an elegy on him a tarkíbband,^381b of which the following verses form a part:—

“Again that time is come when the world falls out of gear,
On the world of Intellect at midday the banner of evening falls.
All the treasures of property fall into the hands of the base,
All the flood-tears of adversity fall into the cup of the generous.
Truth loses the clue of the investigation of its object,
Meaning deserts eloquence, and logic falls out of speech.
The tongue of folly wags heedlessly in talk,
Propositions are falsely stated, and proofs are inconclusive.
The heart of those who in the world seek perfection remains in eternal defect,
Like unripe fruit which falls suddenly half-ripened from the branch.
The spiritual child of the precious mothers³⁸² of excellence
Was the father of the fathers of spiritual insight, Sháh Fatḥ-ullah Shírází,
Two hundred Bu-naçars^382a and Bu-'alís^382b passed away before he appeared.
Many a dealer of this kind does Fate hold beneath its shop.
Sometimes with the camel-litter of the Peripatetics he went round the world,
Sometimes in the train of the Platonists he traversed the heavens.
The age was proud of his perfect nature,
In the time of Jalál-ud-dín Akbar Ghází.
The Emperor of the world had his eyes full of tears at his death,

(P. 381) Alexander wept tears of regret because Plato left the world!”

On the twenty-seventh of Ramazán^382c of this year the Emperor intending to go to Kábúl went by way of Pak'hlí to the fortress of Atak. During this journey Ḥakím Abu-l-fatḥ died at the halting-place of Damtúr,^382d and was buried in Ḥusn Abdál:—

“The caravan of the Martyr has passed on before;
Consider ours too as past, and reflect.
To outward reckoning we have lost but one body,
But in the reckoning of the Intellect more than thousands.”

And “May God give him his reward”³⁸³ was found to give the date.

And outside of Atak, where the camp was, the Prince with the ḥaram met the Emperor. From this halting-place Shahbáz Khán was appointed to go and repel the remnant of the Yusúfzáí Afgháns. On the twenty-second of Zí-qa'dah^383a of this year the Emperor arrived in Kábul. At this time Ḥakím Hamám and Çadr Jahán returned from being with Abd'ulláh Khán, and brought a book of 'Abd-ulláh Khán's treating of Union and Conjunction.

In the year nine hundred and ninety-eight Rájah Todar Mal, and Rájah Baghwán Dás Amír-ul-umará, who had remained behind at Láhor hastened to the abode of hell and torment, and in the lowest pit became the food of beasts and scorpions, may God scorch them both! And they found the mnemosynon: “One said: Todar and Baghwán died:”^383b and another made these verses on him:—

“Todar Mal was he, whose tyranny had oppressed the world,
When he went to Hell, people became merry.
I asked the date of his decease from the Old Man of Intellect:
Cheerfully replied the wise Old Man: He is gone to Hell.^383c

(P. 372). On the twentieth of Muḥarram of the year nine hundred and ninety-eight (998) having assigned the government of Kábul to Muḥammad Qásim Khán, Commander-in-chief by land and sea, the Emperor returned towards Hindústán. He appointed A'zam Khán to the government of Gujrát, and sent a farmán ordering him to remove from Málwah to that place, and sent for Nizám-ud-dín Aḥmad to return to Court. He gave Jounpúr to the Khán Khánán instead of Gujrát, and Málwah was given to Shiháb Khán. And A'zam Khán to spite Shiháb Khán laid Málwah waste, and levelled it all to the ground.

At this time Khudáwand of the Dak'hin, the heretic, to whom the sister of Abu-l-Fazl had been married in accordance with the Emperor's command, and who had received the town of Karí in the district of Gujrát, went to the abode of Hell. And the mnemosynon was found: “Khudáwand of the Dak'hin is dead.”³⁸⁴

And on the fourteenth of Jamáda-l-awwál^384a of the aforesaid year the entrance of the Sun into Aries, which began the thirty-fifth year from the Accession, took place. And the Emperor sent orders for the decoration and reparation of the Díwánkhánah of Láhor, and on the second day of Nouróz that city became the royal camping-place. And on the third day Nizám-ud-dín Aḥmad having travelled six hundred cosses in twelve days, with a body of camel-riders, arrived and did homage. The Emperor ordered that all the camel-riders should enter the city just as they had arrived; and it was a wonderful sight, and led to boundless favours from the Emperor.

At this time, after the death of Baghwán Dás, the Emperor gave to Mán Singh the title of Rájah, and sent him a farmán of condolence, in which were written kind and gracious messages beyond all bounds, and sent with it one of his own dresses of honour, and a body-guardsman's horse. And on the day of the “Honouring of the Sun” the compiler of this epitome came from Badáún to Court, and met Mírzá Nízám-ud-dín Aḥmad after a separation of seven years.

(P. 373). In this year A'zam Khán went from Gujrát to conquer the countries of Súrat and Júnágaṛh. And the Jám Satr Sál, and Doulat Khán the son of Amín Khán Ghorí, who had succeeded his father, being beguiled by temerity and the number of his retinue, came to meet him with a body of men amounting to nearly twenty thousand, and a great battle took place:—

“Though that army be as numerous as ants or locusts,
The ant will be killed when it falls on the road.”

A'zam Khán divided his army into seven sections, and fought such a battle that anything approaching it has never been described. Khwájah Rafí' Badakhshí leader of the left wing, who was a youth distinguished for his valour and courage, and Muḥammad Ḥusain Shaikh, who was one of the old Amírs, attained the felicity of martyrdom. And of the division of the vanguard Sháh Sharaf-ud-dín, brother's son to Abu Turáb, was also martyred. And of the infidels four thousand men went to Hell in the company of the son of the Jám, who was his father's vicegerent:—

“The stock which was drunk through the passing of the cup,³⁸⁵
Behold now it is desolate and with his cup broken!^385a
The king of the world is drunk with the joy of wine,
Because the Jám is come into the king's hand.”

This victory took place on the first day of the week, the sixth of Shawwál^385b of the year nine hundred and ninety-eight (998), and Shaikh Faizí found the date to be given by “A glorious victory.”^385c

In this year at Aḥmadábád that Pattern of learned and profound sages, the author of comprehensive works, the wise unto God, Shaikh Wajíh-ud-dín answered, “Adsum” to God's lictor's call, and “Shaikh Wajíh dín” was found to give the date:^385d

“May God have mercy on him, abundant mercy!”

In this year too Shaikh Cháyan Ladah³⁸⁶ successor to Shaikh 'Abd-ul-azíz of Dihlí, who was the chief orthodox religious teacher in the town of Síhnah (P. 374) departed this life, and one of his pupils found the date “Truth of religious poverty.”^386a

At this time the Emperor took away Jounpúr from the Khán Khánán and gave him the government of Multán and Bakkar, and appointed him to subdue the kingdoms of Sind and Balúchistán, and to settle the hash of Mírzá Jání. And in the month Rabí'us-sání of the year nine hundred and ninety-nine (999) the Emperor despatched to that quarter the Khán Khánán, with a number of renowned Amírs, such as Sháh Bég Khán, and Sayyid Bihá-ud-dín Bokhárí and Mír Muḥammad Ma'çúm Bakkarí and others, and a hundred elephants with them. And the prince of poets Shaikh Faizí found the date “On for Tatah!”^386b

In this year came from Málwah the news of the death of Shihábud dín Khán, and “I am Shiháb Khán”^386c was found to give the date; and another was “Base of disposition.”^386d

At this time the Emperor ordered them to rewrite in any easy style the history of Kashmír, which Mullá Sháh Muḥammad of Sháhábád, who was a learned man, and a collector of all learning from both traditional and logical sources, had translated according to orders into Persian. I made a compendium in the course of two months, and wrote this verse at the end of it:—

“In the course of one or two months,
In accordance with the Sháh's command,
This book was written in black,
Like the down on the cheeks of the fair.”

presented it, and it was put into the Imperial library, and it is read as a sample.

In this year Shaikh Ibráhim Chishtí died a natural death at Fatḥpúr, and having bid adieu to a world of wealth, went to give an account of it to his Creator. Of all this a sum of twenty-five krors of ready money together with elephants and horses and other chattels were appropriated by the Imperial treasury, and the remainder became the portion of his enemies, who were his sons and his agents. And since he was noted and notorious for avarice and vice, and was accursed, “Base of disposition”³⁸⁷ (P. 375), and “Vile Shaikh”^387a became the mnemosynon of his death.

In this year many of the chief men of Láhór died. Of this number were Khanjarí Turk, who died of emerods; and Shaikh Aḥmad the younger brother of Shaikh 'Abd-ur-raḥím by a fatal accident with an elephant; and Mullá 'Urfí of Shíráz, the celebrated poet, of an ordinary^387b bodily ailment. And at the moment of departing he uttered the Rubá'í:—

“Urfí! it is the last breath, and still thou art intoxicated,
After all of what value are the goods thou hast packed?
To-morrow the Friend with the ready-money of Paradise in his hand
Will ask for your wares, and thou wilt have an empty hand.”

And since he had said a great many impolite words against the doctors, both ancient and modern, they found out this mnemosynon for his death:—

Said “Urfí: O Death thou art but a young hand:”^387c
And another “Enemy of God.”^387d

At this time Ḥakím Hamám praised the book Mu'jam-ul-buldán,³⁸⁸ which is comprised in some two hundred sheets, and represented to the Emperor that it should be translated from the Arabic into Persian, since it contained a host of strange stories and wonderful sources of profit. Accordingly he assembled ten or twelve men of learning, both Persian and Indian, and apportioned the book among them, and the amount of ten sheets fell to my portion. I translated it in the course of one month, and presenting it before any of the others, made it an excuse for asking leave to go to Badáún, and it was accepted.

On the twenty-fourth of the month Jamáda'l-awwal of the year nine hundred and ninety-nine the Assembly of the New Year was arranged as in former years. This was the beginning of the twenty-sixth year from the Accession. And among the different edicts, which were fixed in this year, is the forbidding of (P. 376) flesh of cows and buffaloes and sheep and horses and camels. Another was that, if a Hindú woman wished to be burnt with her husband, they should not prevent her; but she should not be forced against her will. And that they should not circumcise a boy before twelve years of age, and then he could choose for himself, whether it should be done or no.

And another was that if any one should eat with a butcher they should cut off his hand, but if he belonged to the butcher's relatives, they should cut off only his little finger.

In this year Ḥají Mirzá Bég Kábulí, who had gone to 'Alí Ráí, ruler of Little Tibet, brought his daughter and married her to the eldest prince.

And^388a a treatise was written concerning the manners and customs, and religious sects of those people from the account of Mírzá Beg, and Mullá Ṭálib Içfahání, who had gone there a second time as ambassador. Those who wish for a full account had better refer to the book. If not he can read the Akbarnámah, in which is a description of the cities of Hindústán and Kabúl, and Tibet and Kashmír.

Towards the end of Shabán³⁸⁹ of this year the Emperor allowed Mírzá Nizám-ud-dín Aḥmad to go to the parganna of Shamsábád, which had been given him as his jágir. And the son of his maternal aunt, Muḥammad Ja'far by name, a very able young man indeed, and a regular Baḥádur in fighting and friendship fell in action at that place, and the following mnemosynon was found for the date:—

“When Ja'far attained the diploma of martyrdom from the Court of the Judge,
The date of his year was: Ja'far is become a pure martyr.”

The Emperor gave Mirzá Nizám-ud-dín Aḥmad five months' leave of absence. And when the aforesaid Mirzá represented that my mother was dead, and asked leave for me to go and comfort my brothers and sisters, the Emperor reluctantly gave me permission. And when the Çadr Jahán repeatedly told me to do sijdah, and I did not do so, he said ‘Get along then.’ So the Emperor was vexed with me and gave me nothing. At any rate I went with the Mirzá to Shamsábád, and there (P. 377) I fell ill, and going to Badáún and visiting my relatives they occupied themselves in preparing plasters and cures. The Mirzá hastened to Láhór. And on account of the book Khirad-afzá, which had disappeared from the Library, and concerning Salímah Sulṭán Begum's study of which the Emperor reminded me, (and though many messengers consisting of my friends started for Badáún, on account of certain hindrances they never arrived,) an order was issued that my madad-ma'ásh should be stopped, and that they should demand the book of me nolens volens. And the aforesaid Mirzá (may he be steeped in God's mercy,) did me many acts of kindness in secret. But Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl did not lay my repeated representations before the Emperor, so that no refutation at all should reach his ears.

In Shawwal^389a of this year four persons of the confidential servants of the Court were sent on an embassy to the four rulers of the Dak'hin. Shaikh Faizí was sent to Rájah 'Alí Khán ruler of Asír and Burhánpúr. And Amín-ud-dín, who was formerly called Muḥammad Amín, and at his own special request got the name of Amín-ud-dín, was sent to Burhán-ul-mulk, who had left the Court, and with the help of friendly Amírs had raised himself to the Sultanate and assumed absolute power in Aḥmad-Nagar, which was the place of his ancestors. And one, Mír Muḥammad Amín by name, who was a former servant of Çádiq Khán, was sent to 'Ádil Khán ruler of Bíjápúr. And Mír Munír was sent to Quṭb-ul-mulk the ruler of golkandah. The order was that Shaikh Faizí should deliver his letter to Rájah 'Alí Khán, and then go on to Burhán-ul-mulk. And there the friendship between the Shaikh and Imin-ud-dín came to an end, and ended in a quarrel.

In this year the Emperor's constitution became a little deranged and he suffered from stomach-ache and cholic, which could by no means be removed. In this unconscious state he uttered some words which arose from suspicions of his eldest son,³⁹⁰ and accused him of giving him poison, and said:

“Bábá Shaikhú^390a (P. 378) Jí since all this
Sultanate will devolve on thee, why
Hast thou made this attack on me:—
To take away my life there was no need of injustice,
I would have given it to thee, if thou hadst asked me.”

And he also accused Ḥakím Hamán, in whom he had the most perfect confidence, of giving him something. The eldest Prince appointed some of his own confidants to watch the movements of the Prince Murád. In a short space of time the Emperor's sickness was changed into health, and the people of the harem and the Sháhzádah Murád told this incident to the Emperor.

On this account on the twelfth of Zí-ḥajjah³⁹¹ of this year the Emperor gave the government of Málwah to the Prince Sulṭán Murád, who was entitled Pahárí.^391a On appointing him to this government he granted him a pennon, kettle-drum, martial music, and a royal standard,^391b and all the paraphernalia of royalty, and he conferred on him a royal sleeveless dress of honour, which is an honour conferred only on princes. And he appointed Ismá'íl Qulí Khán as his wakíl, and other great Amírs he appointed as his attendants, and sent them with him, in order to set the distance between East and West between the two brothers, and that they might remain safe from the vain troubles of Empire. With the hope of further victories numbers of persons from every side gathered round the Prince, whom on the plea of the “golden mean”^391c they thought superior to the other princes in majesty and pomp. Having gathered together an immense army from the environs of Ágrah, Qunnauj, and Guályár, he fought in the neighbourhood of Narwar several engagements with Madhukar^391d the zamíndár of Úṇḍchah,^391e who was distinguished above all the Rájahs of Hind for his retinue and army, and had raised a rebellion in those parts; and defeated him. He fled and betook himself to the mountains and jungles, where he infested the roads, and killed many people, and took heavy black-mail from the caravans. The army of the Prince (P. 379) were put to the greatest straits by his robberies, and deserted him in every direction. But at that time Madhukar died a natural death, and went to Hell. His son came with fitting offerings, and had an interview with the Prince, who sent him with Yár Muḥam-mad, the son of Çádiq Khán, (who acquired the title of Yár, and is still known by that name) to do homage at Láhór.

The Prince took up his abode at Ujjain, and numbers of the men, who were appointed as his retinue, on account of his bad conduct in all relations of life, and court and ceremonial, and in his over-weaning pride and arrogance, in which he imitated his illustrious Father, and which he carried beyond all conception, boasting of being a ripe grape when he was not yet even an unripe grape, with leave or without leave they left him; and it became known that all that transient pomp and circumstance was caused by his ignorance rather than his knowledge.

At this time Doulat Khán, son of Amín Khán Ghorí, governor of Jounágaṛh, who had been wounded in battle with the Jám, died. A'zam Khán had gone to try and reduce that fortress, and the Amírs of Amín Khán under the leadership of the son of Doulat Khán for some days held out against him, but at last they asked for quarter and gave up the keys of the fortress on the fifth of Zí-qádah³⁹² in the aforesaid year.

And on the twenty-sixth of Muḥarram^392a of the year one thousand (1000) corresponding to the thirty-sixth year from the Accession, the Khán Khánán fought with Jání Beg for a whole night and day continuously. On both sides great valour was shown. The Khán Khánán slew two hundred of Jání Beg's troops and defeated him. Jání Beg after this defeat entrenched his army in the island, and the Khán Khánán blockaded him for two months. Then the Emperor sent one lac and fifty thousand rupees at the time, and one lac of mán of grain, with one hundred cannon at another time by water, and by way of Jasalmír many gunners and Ráí Singh, who was one of the Amírs (P. 380) of four thousand, to the assistance of the Khán Khánán. And Jání Beg, after a most valiant resistance was at last conquered and reduced to extremities, so that he submitted and gave his daughter to the son of the Khán Khánán. After the conquest of Kashmír he came with the Khán Khánán (as will be related) and did homage to the Emperor.

On the fifth of Jamád'as-sání^392b of the year one thousand the Sun entered Aries, and the beginning of the thirty-seventh year from the Accession took place, and they diligently shaved their beards, and this hemistich was found to give the date:—

“They used to say that: ever so many scoundrels
Have given their beards to the wind.”³⁹³

The rules and customs and observances on the occasion were the same as usual, with the addition of some new ones on the old lines. Of them are the following. The Dirhams and Dinars which had been coined with the stamps of former Emperors were to be melted down and sold for their value in gold and silver, and no trace of them was to be left of them in the world. And all sorts of Ashrafís and Rupees, on which there was his own royal stamps whether old or new, should all be set in circulation, and no difference of years was to be regarded. And Qulíj Khán, being very diligent, every day sought at the bankers, and took bonds from them and inflicted fines on them, and many were put to death with various tortures. But for all that they would not desist from uttering counterfeit coins. The Emperor wrote and sent farmáns into the uttermost parts of his dominions, containing stringent orders with regard to this matter. But it had no effect. At last by the care of Khwájah Shams-ud-dín the Chief Díwán, that command was really put in force.

On the day of Sharf-i-Áftab, which was the 19th degree of Aries, Ja'far Beg, whose title was Áçaf Khán Bakhshí, the Emperor appointed to march against Jalálah the Roshanáí, who had got in advance of Abd-ulláh Khán and was marching on Kábul, that with the help of Muḥammad Qásim Khán, the commandant of Dihlí, he might exterminate those rascals. And Nizám-ud-dín Aḥmad (P. 381) he appointed to the post of paymaster-general. And at the end of Sha'bán^393a he appointed Zín Khán Kókah to help Áçaf Khán to exterminate the remnant of the Roshanáís and to colonise the district of Sawád-u-Bajúr, which had been completely desolated. In the middle of the month Shavvál^393b of this year Ḥáfiz Sulṭán Rakhnah of Herát, who was a most excellent person, of whom a host of worthy traces are remaining, notably the garden and buildings of Sarhind, which have no parallel in Hind, passed in his ninetieth year from this lodging of deceit to the abode of happiness. The date was found by way of riddle in the following verse:—

“A fissure came into the garden,
And the water flowed away.”³⁹⁴

And Faizí of Sarhind found two lines to give the date:—

“The garden became without water,”

And another:—

“Since he was buried in a corner of the garden,
Seek his date from the corner of the garden.”^394a

And another:—

“O Háfiz.”^394b

On the twenty-fourth of Shavvál [news of the rebellion of] Yádgár Kal, nephew of Mirzá Yúsuf Khán Razwí, who had left him as his deputy in Kashmír and set off to the Court, arrived. And the Emperor having left Qulíj Khán to settle some affairs in Láhór, himself crossed the river Ráwí in the middle of the rainy season, and joining his eldest son advanced, hunting as he went, as far as the river Chanáb. At this place the news became current that Yádgár had fought a battle with Ḥusain Bég^394c Shaikh 'Umrí Badakhshí, who was collector of the revenues of Kashmír, and had come off victorious; and that the Kashmírís had cut off the ears and nose of Qází Alí Baghdádí, the enemy of the aimahdárs (who held the post of Díwán of Kashmír, and had brought forward accounts wide of the truth, and containing absurd details and so vexed the soldiery and the ryots), and had stuck his pen through the lobe of his ear (P. 382), and sent him back again; and this mnemonynon was found for the date:—

“When Qází 'Alí Baghdádí
Brought the anger of Yádgár upon him,
The pen of the Munshí of Fate wrote
The date of his death, the obnoxious one is dead.³⁹⁵

After this Yádgár in accordance with the ancient customs of the place set a jewelled turban on his bald^395a head and borrowed the name of Sulṭán:—

“The crown of empire, and diadem of royalty
How shall it come to every bald man, God forbid!”

They say that the custom of Kashmír is that on the day of the Accession they stand drawn up in two ranks holding their naked swords over the new king's head. They say that on this account Yádgár at the time of the reading of the khutbah fell into a tremour, and fainted, and did not recover for some time. One of the incidents which occurred is the following. The very same day that he found a posie for his seal, and ordered it to be cut in his presence, a splinter from it came off and struck him in the eye. He rubbed his eye for a long time and cried out. From these omens they perceived that his rule would not be a long one:—

“Empire which comes quickly, lasts not long;
That is true empire, which comes gradually.”

Ḥusain Bég Shaikh 'Umrí fled, and thinking half a life a great gain left the passes of Kashmír as quickly as possible, and reaching Rájúrí,^395b which is between Kashmír and the end of his journey, he there waited for orders. Yádgár gave mançabs and jájírs to his men, and giving them all sorts of titles appropriated the treasures and horses and arms of Mirza Yúsuf Khán. And his wives and family, after taking away all the gold and ornaments and useful female slaves, he mounted on small horses, and sent out of Kashmír with the greatest ignominy, together with the disagreeable sons, the very counterpart of the disposition and nature of their father Mirzá Yúsuf Khán, of whom the following verse would be a good description: (P. 383)

“All your Amírs are babblers
And all their sons are disagreeable.”

The Emperor suspecting Mirzá Yúsuf Khán, who was in the camp, consigned him for some days to the charge of Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl. Meanwhile he sent forward Shaikh Faríd bakhshí with Shaikh 'Abd-ur-raḥím of Lak'hnou and another army, and himself awaited the Prince's arrival on the banks of the Chanáb. At B'hambar, which is the beginning of the passes and mountainous country, news arrived, that Yádgár had come out of the city Kashmír with a large force intent on fighting, and that he had alighted at a pass called Hírápúr, and at night with the greatest carelessness had given himself up to debauchery in his tent. In the middle of the night some of the servants of Mirzá Yúsuf Khán, together with a band of Afgháns, attacked him and put him to death. They brought his treacherous head after three days to Court.

This victory so quickly gained was a lesson to men. They reckoned that from the accession of Yádgár to the day that his head was brought into the camp was forty days. His head came into the army like a ball in a game at tennis, and afterwards was exalted to the battlements of the fortress of Láhór.

When in the month of Zí-ḥijjah³⁹⁶ of this year the Author came from Badáún^396a to the Camp in accordance with orders, Ḥakím Humán represented to the Emperor at the station of B'hambar, that I wished to pay him homage. The Emperor asked how long I had been absent from my post? He replied, Five months. The Emperor asked, On what pretext? He replied, On the score of sickness. And he brought a petition from the grandees of Badáún, and a report from Ḥakím 'Ain-ul-mulk to the same effect from Dihlí. When the Emperor had read them all, he said: “A sickness won't last for five months.” And so he did not give me permission to make the Kúrnish. So I remained repulsed, grieved, and disappointed in the camp, which was left with (P. 384) Prince Dányál at Rohtás. But I made my fortress the reading through of that impregnable castle, viz., the words of the Best of the Prophets (God bless him, and his family and give them all peace!) and the repetition of the Qaçídah e bordah,³⁹⁷ and He who answers the prayer of the distressed accepted this my sad and humble petition, so that after five months the occasion of His Majesty's return from Kashmír to Láhór rendered him favourably disposed towards me, and on the pretext of my making a translation of the Jám'-i Rashídí,^397a which is a very huge volume, some kind and true friends, such as Mír Nizám-ud-dín &c., mentioned my name confidentially at his private audience. And so a command was issued that I should wait upon him. After his return from Kashmír on the day of Bahman-khur,^397b of the festival month of Bahman, the divine month,^397c which corresponded with the seventeenth of Rabí-ul-ákhir^397d of this year the Emperor granted me an audience. I offered him an ashrafí, and approached him with the greatest respect, and so the removal of that cloud of alienation and suspicion became facilitated, thank God for it! An order for making an epitome of the Jám'-i-Rashídí was with the approval of 'Alám Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl issued to me. Of this whole book I took the genealogical tree of the Khalifs of the Abbásides and of the Omaiades of Egypt, which is traced to The Prophet (God bless him, &c.,) and thence down to Adam (peace be upon him!), and also the pedigree of the other prophets I translated in extenso from Arabic into Persian, and presented it to the Emperor, and it was put into the imperial library.

But to return to the history of the Emperor. On the sixth of Muharram³⁹⁸ of the year one thousand and one, he arrived in Kashmír, and having spent a whole month minus two days in enjoying himself in that “his private garden,” and having committed the government of that province to Mirzá Yúsuf Khán, on the sixth of the month of Çafar^398a of the year one thousand and one he embarked in a boat on his way back, and reached Bárah Múlah on the confines of Kashmír (P. 385) and at the end of the road to Pakhalí.

On the road he came to a lake, which is known as Zain-lanká,^398b and enjoyed himself there. This lake, which is between two mountains, one on the east and one on the west, has a circumference of thirty cosses, and is very deep. The river Bahat^398c flows through it. Sulṭán Zain-ul-'ábidin, whose history has been written succinctly in my abridgment of the history of Kashmír, had a jaríb of stones thrown into the water and built thereon a stone throne, so lofty and grand that the like of it has not been seen in all the provinces of India.

Among the wonders which the soldiers saw in the country of Kashmír is a sensitive tree in the village of Khánpúr, the width of its stem is two arash^398d and its height more than a gaz, and its branches are like an inverted Béd-i-Majnún,^398e and for all that if a child do but take hold of one of its branches and shake it, the whole tree trembles and shakes. And some of the wonders of that country have been described by the late Sháh Fatḥ-Alláh Shírází, and his account has been inserted in the Akbarnámah by 'Allámí Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl.

During the first part of the month Rabí'-ul-awwal^398f of this year His Imperial Highness took up his abode at Rohtás. On the fifteenth of this month he returned to that abode of delights Pe-sháwar, and on the sixth of the month Rabí'-us-sání³⁹⁹ he took up his abode in that city which is the city of all arts. At that time news came, that Bahádur Kodrah, a little account of whom has already been given, after the death of Qutlu Loḥání^399a governor of, had fought a great battle with Sakat Singh the son of Mán Singh, and defeated him. When Mán Singh marched against him, he was not able to withstand him, but fled and hid himself in the deserts and mountain, and the kingdom of Bengál to the sea-shore was brought entirely into the power of Mán Singh.

On Sunday the seventeenth of Jamáda's-sání^399b of (P. 386) the year one thousand and one (1001) the passage of the Sun from Pisces into Aries took place, which was the beginning of the thirty-eighth year from the Accession. More new regulations were published.

On the twenty-fourth of Jamada's-sání the Khán Khánán and Mirzá Jání came to Court, and became the recipients of the Emperor's bounty. He distinguished the Amírs, who had been with the Khán Khánán on service, each according to circumstances with additions to their mançabs and jágírs. At first, Multán was fixed as the jágír of Mirzá Jání, after some time he was transferred to Thathah, and Multán was given to Mirzá Rastam, as shall be hereafter narrated, if God, He is exalted! will.

At this time came news that, when the Khán-i-A'zam took possession of Súrat Muzaffar Guzrátí, who was in that neighbourhood, fled to Kangár the zamíndár of the province of Kach'h and took refuge with him. Then A'zam Khán went against Kangar. And he with a view to preserving his name and reputation came and had an interview with Khán-i-A'zam. The son of Khán-i-A'zam took Muzaffar Khán^399c prisoner unawares, in the place where he was, and sent him to the Khán-i-A'zam. And Muzaffar on the journey on the plea of a call of nature sat down with his canopy over him, which he always carried about with him together with his other property, and cut his throat and died. And, not being able to do anything else, they sent his head to the Khán-i-A'zam, and he sent it on to Court:—

“Heaven turns away its face
From every one who turns from it;
You should not turn your face from it,
That it turn not its face from you.”⁴⁰⁰

At this time Rájah Mán Singh sent from Bengál the 120 elephants, which had fallen into his hands at the conquest of Oṛísah.

In this year in accordance with the decree that all the Amírs of the frontier at the end of a certain fixed period should come to Court, which was a very wise and politic provision, a farmán was issued to A'zam Khán, who (P. 387) for a period of six years had absented himself, ordering him to repair to Court. The Emperor took away from him Júnágaṛh,^400a which he had conquered, and gave it to Rájah Mán Singh. On the last occasion, when he came from Bengál to Fatḥpúr, he had let fall some harsh words concerning the sect and creed, and in his bigotry had brought the names of Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl and Bírbar before the Emperor, and carried his speech to wonderful excesses, so that he became the common talk of high and low. Eventually on account of their affair he was looked very much askance at, and so [he left Court] on the pretext of letting his beard grow, which he had vowed in his war with the Jám, and concerning which the Emperor had written to him, saying: “Is your beard not yet grown, that you do not come?” and he had written a long and rude letter in reply, which made an impression on the Emperor's mind. Some of the hypocrites about Court told tales of him, and got him removed from his post. On this account he put his children and his wives and treasures into a boat on the first of Rajab⁴⁰¹ of the aforesaid year he left Júnágaṛh and went to the port of Díú intending to make a pilgrimage to Makkah, and the following mnemosynon for the date, which is one too many, was composed:—

“To the place of the upright Khán-i-A'zam went,
But in his despite of the king he went wrong,
When I asked of my head the date of the year,
It said: Mirzá Kókah is gone on a pilgrimage.^401a

And this affair of his,^401b which they compared with that of the chief of anchorites Ibn Adham,^401c after all was all the same to him whether he accomplished the journey or not. On the arrival of the news a farmán was sent to the Prince Sulṭán Murád that he should become governor of Guzrát, and the Emperor having appointed Mu-ḥammad Çádiq Khán, in the place of Isma'íl Qulí Khán as his wakíl, allowed him to leave the Court. And the province of Súrat and Baroṇch, on account of the removal of Qulíj Khán, was fixed as his jágír. In this year Zaim Khán Kókah and Áçaf Khán who had been appointed to punish the Afgháns of Swát and Bajúr, and to extirpate Jallálah the Roshanáí (P. 388), killed many of them, and captured the wives and family of Jallálah, and his brother Waḥdat 'Alí with their relatives and brethren to the number of nearly 14,000, and sent them to Court. And of the rest of the prisoners who can take account!

On the twenty-ninth of Zi-l-qa'dah^401d of this year the government of the district of Málwah was given to Mirzá Sháh Rukh. And Shah-báz Khán Kambú, who had been kept in confinement for three years, and had paid a fine of seven lacs of rupees, the Emperor sent for from Kángaṛh and set him free. He was then appointed to manage the affairs of Málwah, and to be wakíl to Mirzá Sháh Rukh.

On the seventeenth of Zí-qa'dah of this year the learned Shaikh Mubárak⁴⁰² departed from this world. At his funeral his sons shaved their heads and beards and mustaches and eyebrows as people do the beard. And Faizí, the king of poets, found the date: Pride of^402a perfection ; and I found the date: The perfect Shaikh.^402b And A new law^402c gives the date on which these people had their hair, beard, mustaches, and eyebrows shaved.

On the eighth of the month Muḥarram^402d of the year one thousand and two (1002) Mirzá Rustam bin Sulṭán Ḥusain Mirzá bin Bahrám Mirzá bin Isma'íl Çafawí, who himself held the government of Zamíndáwar and its environs, and his elder brother Mirzá Muzaffar Ḥusain held the government of Qandahár and the Garmsír,^402e being angry with his brother, came to Court with his children, wife, family and brother-german. The Emperor sent Ḥakím 'Ain-ul-mulk and others to meet him, and take to him a private pavillion, and an audience tent, carpets and other paraphernalia of the farrásh khánah,^402f and a belt and jewelled dagger. And at four cosses from Láhór he ordered the Khán Khánán, and Zain Khán Kókah, and the other great Amírs to go and meet him. After he had done homage the Emperor made him a present of the sum of a kror of tankahs in small change,^402g and enrolled him among the Amírs of five thousand, and appointed Multán as his jágír. (P. 389).

At this time coming four months after the king of poets Shaikh Faizí,^402h the other ambassadors arrived from the rulers of the Dak'hin having succeeded in their negotiations; and paid their respects. And since Burhám-ul-mulk⁴⁰³ had not sent any acceptable present on the twenty-first of Muḥarram the Emperor appointed the Prince Dányál to this service, as wakíl to the Khán Khánán, and Ráí Sing (whom I should rather call Sag),^403a and other Amírs with 70,000 specially assigned troops.

The Emperor married the Prince Dányál to the daughter of the Khán Khánán, and gave a great feast, and received such a quantity of presents of gold, and all sorts of precious things, that he was able to equip the army therefrom. And having given the ensigns of Royalty and insignia of pomp and dignity to the Prince, he sent him off. He himself immediately afterwards went out to the chase, when he had reached the banks of the river of Sulṭánpúr, which is twenty-five cosses from Láhór, he changed his mind and ordered the Prince to return. In order to take counsel with the Khán Khánán, who had got as far as Sarhind, he sent for him. He made him turn back to go and meet the leaders of the army with orders to abandon the enterprise, and again dismissed him, and himself returned to Láhór.

On Friday the seventeenth of Jamáda 's-sání^403b of this year Miyán Shaikh 'Abd'-ulláh the lawful heir of his reverence Miyán Shaikh Dáúd (God sanctify his spirit!) passed to the eternal world, and The Pure Spirit of Shaikh Dáúd^403c gives the date “God knows what is best, and to Him do we eventually return.”

Let not the intelligent reader be ignorant of the fact that as to that which has been written up to this point the source of the greater part of it is the Ṭabaqát-i Akbarí Sháhí, the date of which I, this erring author, (P. 390) after much thought found to be Nizámí.^403d Having persuaded the said author to allow me, I wrote a part of the book myself, and so from this point onwards the events of the two following years will be chronicled in a compendious style.

On Monday the twenty-eighth of Jamáda 's-sání^403e of the year one thousand and two (1002) the sun passed out from the extremity of the sign of Pisces into the commencement of the sign of Aries. And this was the beginning of the thirty-ninth year from the Accession. These eighteen days were spent, as were those of the years preceding, in feasting and jollity of all sorts. New decrees were promulgated. Of this number are the following:

The chief police officer was to take cognizance of the streets and houses of the city one by one, and to require of the heads and chief persons of every street a bond that he would perform the following duties. To keep a close watch on every one who came in or out, of whatever degree he might be, whether merchant, soldier or otherwise. Not to allow troublesome, and disorderly fellows, or thieves to take up their abode in the city. That if he saw any one whose expenditure was greater than his receipts, he should follow the matter up, and represent to the Emperor through the chief police officer, that all this extravagance of his is probably paid for with money, irregularly acquired. That he would inform the Chief of Police of all rejoic-ings and feasts, and mourning, and lamentation which might take place, especially marriages, births, feasts⁴⁰⁴ and such like. That he should have continually in his employ in every street, and lane, and bazar, and at every ford of the river a person, whom he could trust, to keep him informed of everything that went on, whether good or bad. And that he would so manage the roads, that no one who had lost his way, or who was a fugitive should be able to get out of reach, and that no merchant should be able without an order to take away a horse, nor to bring in a pack from Hindústán.

The price of gold, silver, and precious stuffs was to remain fixed, and they were to be bought at the imperial tariff. A fixed profit was to accrue to the imperial treasury.

An inspector and registrar of the effects of those who died or disappeared was to be appointed. So that if any one who died had an heir (P. 391), after it had been proved that he did not owe anything to the imperial exchequer, and was not krorí (tax-gatherer), or a banker receiving deposits, the heir might take possession of it; otherwise it passed into the imperial treasury; and until they got a receipt from the treasurer, they were not to bury the deceased.

In order to show respect to the Sun the Emperor ordered, that [the coffins] should be placed in the grave-yard on the eastern side of the city. If any of the disciples called Darsaniyyah⁴⁰⁵ died, whether male or female they were to hang some uncooked grain and a burnt brick round the neck of the corpse, and to throw it into the river. Then they were to take out the corpse and burn it in a place where no water was; or else after the manner of the inhabitants of Cathay^405a to bind it to a tree. This order is based on a fundamental rule, which His Majesty had defined, but which I have not room to mention here.

No son or daughter of the common people was to be married until they had gone to the office of the Chief of Police, and been seen by his agents, and the correct age of both parties had been investigated. In this way a host of profits and perquisites surpassing all computation, guess, or imagination, found their way into the pockets of those in office, especially certain police officers, and effete Khán-lings,^405b and other vile oppressors.

Another rule was this: If a woman was older than her husband by twelve years, he should not lie with her. And if a young woman were found running about the lanes and bazars of the town, and while so doing either did not veil herself, or allowed herself to become unveiled, or if a woman was worthless and deceitful and quarrelled with her husband, she was to go to the quarter of the prostitutes, and take up the profession.

Another rule was this: A father or a mother might, if forced by hunger and extreme misery, sell their child, and afterwards when they had the means to pay, might buy it back again from servitude.

If a Hindú, when a child or otherwise, had been made a Musalmán against his will, he was to be allowed, if he pleased, to go back to the religion of his fathers.

No man should be interfered with on account of his religion, and any one was to be allowed to go over to any religion he pleased.

If a Hindú woman fell in love with a Musalmán (P. 392) and entered the Muslim religion, she should be taken by force from her husband, and restored to her family.

If any of the infidels chose to build a church, or synagogue, or idol-temple, or fire-temple, no one was to hinder him.

All these laws, of which I have given a short account, refer to matters of religion, and it is not in the power of the compiler of these pages to include them all. But the laws of government and finance and households, and the mint, and the army, and the agriculturists, and the merchants, and the custom-house, and the chronicle-writing, and the krorís, and the dágh-u-maḥall, and the fights⁴⁰⁶ between elephants, and deer and cheetas, and tigers, and birds, and goats and dogs, and boars, and of observing established rules on the part of the dependents of a householder, and of the disposition of one's time in matter of eating and drinking and sleeping and waking, and other actions and functions, how can they possibly be described! for the intellect is incapable of attaining to it, and to recount them all, would take a life-time of more than the human span:—

“Every day Heaven brings forth a new event,
The like of which Thought cannot fathom:
It requires an intellect^406a brighter than the Sun
To solve the difficulties of this age.”

Some of these may be found in the second volume of the Akbar-námah which was composed by the very learned Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl, and forms a large book.

On the day the “Eminence of the Sun,” the compiler of this compendium completed the first volume of the Táríkh-i-Alfí, which consists of three volumes, of which two are by Mullá Aḥmad of T'hat'hah, the Heretic, (be on him what may) and the third by Áçaf Khán. And an order had been issued to me to revise and collate it, in conjunction with Mullá Muçtafá Kátib⁴⁰⁷ of Láhór, who is a worthy friend of mine, and is become one of the Aḥadís. I presented it, and it obtained the honour of the Emperor's approval. And since the second volume contained much bigotry, the Emperor commanded me to revise it also. In the course of one year I sufficiently collated it, but on account of my own taint of “bigotry,” (P. 393) I did not interfere with the book, except as regards the order of the years, and did not alter the original, but laid the blame on my state of health; and may it not, God grant! be a cause of any further injury. My condition with regard to these books was like that of one who eats one date together with the stones, and another says to him, “Why don't you throw away the stone?” and he answers, “They have apportioned me only just this amount.”^407a

At this time Shaikh Faizí, the king of poets, finished the commentary on the Qurán,^407b which is altogether without diacritic points, and is of the thickness of seventy-five juz'. And he found nine lines without diacritic points which gave the date of its completion. And some sheets he sent into 'Iráq that it might become generally known. And now he is occupied with Amrár-i-sání^407c which also gives the date of its revision and collation. And the learned men of the age wrote their imprimatur on it. Thus Shaikh Ya'qúb of Kashmír wrote an imprimatur in Arabic; and Miyán Amán-ulláh Sarhindí found the verse of the Qur'án:”^407d There is nothing green nor sere, but is noted in the Perspicuous Book;”^407e and Mír Muḥam-mad Ḥaidar Mu'ammáí, the whole of Surat-al-ikhlás^407f without the “bismi'llah” And the author of these pages found, “One of the best of commentaries, is the Bismi'illáh in the name of the Compassionate, and the banner of the Qur'án” to give the date. And a copy of an imprimatur, shall soon be given in its proper place (if God will). And some of the thirty lines, giving the date of the composition, which were written by me from the hunting-ground at Láhór are the following:—(P. 394)

“Thanks to God who grants desire, he has finished the Sawáṭi'-
O God the unique writer has not erased The Word. [ul-ilhám.
The limits of the secrets of the Word of God, who revealed the pearls of the thrones.
The thrones are lofty, the pearls are sublime.”

And the remainder are similar.

In the month Çafar of the year one thousand and two (1002) Khwájah Ibráhím Ḥusain Aḥadí, who was one of the author's particular friends, departed this life. And Khwájah Ibráhím Ḥu-sain ⁴⁰⁸ (God have mercy on him!) was found to give the date.

This same year God (He is praised! glorious is His Majesty!) granted this scribe grace to write a copy of the Glorious Word. When I had written it in clear legible naskh hand-writing, with the pages and marginal lines perfect in their way, I presented it, as an offering at the luminous shrine of his holiness that Ghaus of mankind, orthodox teacher, and asylum, Miyán Shaikh Dáúd Jhanní Wál^408a (God sanctify his tomb!), in the hopes that it having removed the infidelity of former books, which is black as the record of the deeds of the author, may be his friend throughout life, and his intercessor after death: “and this would not be too hard for God.”^408b

On the seventeenth of Zí Qa'dah^408c of this year Muḥammad Qásim Khán Mír Baḥr, and Mirzá Muḥammad Zamán, who was one of the sons of Sháhrukh Mirzá, were killed in Kábul. It happened as follows: When Muḥammad Zamán Mirzá came to Badakhshán, after returning from his pilgrimage, the inhabitants of Badakhshán were in despair at the oppressions of the Uzbeks. They made him Commander-in-chief, and hoping continually for help from Hindústán, they carried on a brave resistance, and continually held their own against the enemy. But when their hopes were not realised, and the Uzbeks brought

“A host more numerous than ants and locusts”

against Muḥammad Zamán Mírzá, he resisted and withstood them for some years to the best of his power and ability, but in the last throw he was worsted, and being no longer able to stand his ground, he made for Hindústán in company with some 14,000 or 15,000 horse (P. 395), and arrived in the neighbourhood of Kábul. But through the instigation of certain persons he conceived some seditious disaffection, and repented of his intention. He was taken prisoner by some followers of Muḥammad Qásim Khán, commandant of Kábul. Muḥammad Qásim Khán treated him with the greatest respect and honour, and presenting every one of his followers with a horse, and a robe of honour, and money for expenses, appointed 150 horsemen to accompany him, and wished him to depart for Láhór. Meanwhile some of the confidential servants of Muḥammad Qásim Khán, who were Badakhshís and Kábulís, having made friends with the Mírzá, broke into the house at midday and entered the bed-chamber of Muḥammad Qásim Khán by force. They put him to the sword, and sent him to his last resting-place. Muḥammad Háshim, son of Muḥammad Qásim Khán, who had a house outside the citadel of Kábul, got certain gunners, and servants of his father to join with him, and besieged Mírzá Muḥammad Zamán. For one night and a day he kept the fire of battle alight, and then slew the Mírzá, and sent his head to Court.

The Emperor appointed Muḥammad Qulij⁴⁰⁹ Khán, who for some time had been manager-in-general,^409a to be commandant of Kábul, and dismissed him to go to his command. He appointed Shams-ud-dín Muḥammad Khawáfí^409b to the office of superintending the affairs of State and finance, and made him absolute Díwán. At this time the Emperor sent Áçaf Khán,^409c Bakhshí, to Kashmír to look into the affairs of the military and civilians of that country.

In this year God (praise be to Him!), when the successive blows of misfortune, and the scourges of vicissitudes were battering me, graciously granted me repentance from some follies and transgressions with which I had been afflicted, and opened my eyes to the vileness of my actions, and the baseness of my deeds:—

“Ah! if I remain so, ah!”

(P. 396) And by way of good omen “Rectitude”⁴¹⁰ was found to give the date. And the king of Poets (Faizí) composed this verse:—

“My Shaikh has indeed repented of sinning:
His date is Excelling in penitence.^410a
The thought of wine and beloved has left my head,
The sound of lute and tambourine has left my heart.”

In the first part of the blessed month of Muḥarram^410b of the year one thousand and three (1003) Shaikh Faríd Bukhári, who was associated with Áçaf Khán in the duties of Bakhshí, received orders to repair to the mountain district of the north, and reduce to obedience the rebellious Rájahs of those districts, and having made a settlement of their holdings, to bring back suitable presents to the Emperor.

In the beginning of the month Çafar^410c of this year the Emperor crossed over the river Ráwí, and spent twenty-five days in amusement and hunting in the neighbourhood, and then returned.

At this time the king of Poets^410d was ordered by the Emperor to compose the Panj-ganj, and in the short space of five months, more or less, he finished the Nal u Daman (who were a lover and his beloved, the story of whom is famous among the people of India,) and comprised it in 4,200 verses odd, and presented it to the Emperor as a gift together with some ashrafís. It was very much approved by the Emperor, and he ordered it to be transcribed and illuminated and read like the translations by Naqíb Khán. The first couplet of the book is the following:—

“O in the search of Thee from the beginning
The 'Anqá of sight is soaring high.”

And verily it is a Masnaví, the like of which for the last 300 years since Mír Khusrou no poet has composed.

At this time Mírzá Nizám-ud-dín Aḥmad⁴¹¹ fell out with Qulij Khán, and was continually in opposition to him, and gained a great ascendancy over the mind (P. 397) of the Emperor, and had entered on affairs with great energy and activity. He became the focus of all sorts of favours from the Emperor, and the recipient of his perfect trust with regard to his ability, good sense, sincerity, honesty and perseverance. And this to such an extent, that the Emperor appointed Qulij Khán and other courtiers, who had always been attendants at Court, to out-lying provinces. The Emperor considering this matter as but the forerunner of his patronage, and the beginning of his favour, had all sorts of bounties laid up for him in the treasury of his heart, and wished to bring forward his exalted ability, which was capable of growth, into the arena of notice. Suddenly at the very acme of his eminence, and the height of his activity, to the disappointment of the hopes of friends and strangers a dreadful blow was received from Fate, and at the age of forty-five he succumbed to a burning fever, and left this transitory world taking nothing with him but a good name. A host of friends and companions, who had been witnesses of the excellence of his qualities, and had entertained great hopes of him, and especially the poor author (who cherished for him a kind of religious unanimity, and a sincere friendship free from all worldly motives), poured tears of regret from their eyes, and beat their bosoms with the stone of despair, and in the end had no resource left, but patience and endurance, which is a characteristic of the pure, and a quality of the pious. I looked upon this event as the greatest misfortune, and took therefrom a perfect warning, so that I never afterwards formed a friendship with any human being, but regarded the corner of obscurity as best suited to me:—

“The discourse that preaches of thy departure is mere vanity,
The death of thy companion is sufficient preacher for thee.”

This event took place on the twenty-third of Çafar of this year. They carried his bier from the camp to Láhór and buried him in his own garden. There was scarcely any one of high or low degree in the city, who did not weep over his bier, and recall his gracious qualities, and gnaw the back of the hand of regret:—(P. 398)

“Death grants perpetuity to no human being,
The rigorous King shows no respect of persons.
The decree of Death is common to all earth's habitants,
He issues not this decree to me or thee alone.”

And this qiṭ'ah was composed to give the date:—

“Mírzá Nizám-ud-dín Aḥmad is departed,
Brisk and beautiful went he towards the other world.
His spirit on account of its sublimity
Became the protegé of the Lord Most High.
A clever man found the year of the date,
A pearl without price has left the world.”⁴¹²

At this time Shaikh Faríd Bukhárí, who had been sent^412a to reduce the State of the Sawálik mountain district to order, was sent for to administer the affairs of the office of Bakhshí, which had been committed exclusively to him. The Emperor appointed Qázi Ḥusain Qazwíní to succeed him [in the Sawálik mountains].

At this time A'zam Khán returned from Makkah, where he had suffered much harm at the hands of the Sharífs, and throwing away the blessing which he had derived from the pilgrimage, joined immediately on his return, the Divine Faith, performing the sijdah, and following all other rules of discipleship; he cut off his beard, and was very forward at social meetings, and in conversation. He learnt the rules of the new faith from his reverence 'Allamí,^412b and received Gházípúr and Ḥájípúr as jágír:—

“I have spent my life at this learning,
And am still learning the Alphabet;
I don't know when I shall become
So proficient in the letters as to find my way in his Díwán.

And the saying about repressing one's whims came true.⁴¹³

On the ninth of the month of Rajab^413a of this year the entrance of the Sun into Aries took place (P. 399), and the fortieth year from the Accession began. The customary assembly was held in the same manner as in former years. Two days before the entrance of the Sun into Aries, the Emperor called to me to come from the window^413b in the public and private audience-chambers; and said to Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl. “We thought that so and so” (meaning the writer of these pages) “was an unworldly^413c individual of Çúfí tendencies, but he appears to be such a bigoted lawyer that no sword can sever the jugular vein of his bigotry.” He enquired, “In what book has the author thus written, that your Majesty says this of him?” He replied, “Why, in the Razm-námah” (which is a name for the Mahá-bhárata ) “and last night I called Naqíb Khán to witness of this matter.” Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl admitted that it was a fault. I was obliged to make my appearance, and humbly stated, that I was a translator, nothing more, and that whatever the sages of India had represented therein, I had translated without alteration, but that if I had written it myself, I should have been to blame, and should have acted wrongly. The Shaikh supported me, and the Emperor was silent. The cause of this contretemps was as follows: I had translated in the Razm-námah a certain story in which it is narrated, that one of the teachers of the people of India, when on the point of death, said by way of advice to those present: “It is right that a man should step out of the limits of ignorance and negligence, and should first of all become acquainted with the peerless Creator, and should pursue the path of knowledge; and not be satisfied with mere knowledge without practise, for that yields no fruit, but should choose the path of virtue, and as far as in him lies withdraw his hand from evil actions, and should know for a certainty that every action will be enquired into.” And on this passage I wrote this hemistich:—

“Every action has its reward,
And every deed its recompense.”

(P. 400) This passage he considered as referring to Munkir and Nakír⁴¹⁴ the general Resurrection, and the Last Judgment, &c. things contrary to his own fixed tenets, who never talked of anything but metempsychosis, and so suspected me of theological bias and bigotry:—

“How long reproach me for my weeping eyelashes,
Let me for once have also the sympathy of thy dark eye.”

Eventually I impressed upon all the courtiers the fact, that all the people of India speak of the reward and punishment of good and bad actions. Their belief is as follows: When a person dies the scribe, who writes the chonicle of the deeds of mankind throughout the course of their lives, takes it before the angel, who is the Seizer of Souls, and is called the King of Justice. After he has examined into their good and bad actions, and has seen which has the preponderance, he says, “This person has his choice.” Then he asks him: “Shall I first for thy good actions take thee to Paradise, that thou mayest there enjoy to the full delights in proportion to thy good actions, and after that send thee to Hell to expiate thy sins; or vice versâ?” When that period comes to an end, then he gives orders that the person should return to the Earth, and entering a form suitable to his actions should pass a certain period. And so on ad infinitum, until the time when he attains absolute release, and is freed from coming into and leaving the world. So that affair passed off well. On the day of Sharaf-ush-shams the Emperor said to Çadr Jahán, without any one's having suggested it to him: “How would it be if I were to appoint so and so^414a to the guardianship of the blessed tomb of his holiness the Khwájah of Ajmír, which is without a guardian?” He answered, “It would be a very good thing.” So for the space of two or three months I did much running about in the service of the Court, all the time hoping for a release from this confusion. And for a time I wrote some formal petitions, to which I got no answer, and so it became necessary that (P. 401) I should take my departure. And the Inward Monitor said this:—

“If thou put thy hand to anything,
I will put a chain on thy hand.
I will drown thee in a butt of wine,
If thou mention the name of sobriety.”

On the night of the last of the blessed month of Ramazán⁴¹⁵ of this year, when Çadr Jahán asked the Emperor, what order should be given with respect to my dismissal? he replied: “He has business to do here, and every now and then I shall have some service for him to perform, produce me some one else.” But the omniscience of God (praise be to Him Most High!), and His will (glorious is His Majesty!) did not coincide with this intention, and I do not know what is best to do in this uncertainty and very gadfly's condition:—

“Thou takest me from thine own door to the door of the rival,
Then thou sayest, why dost thou go to the door of the rival?
I have wandered for years in search of thy good face,
Show thy face, and deliver me from this wandering.”

Contemporaneously with these events he one day said to Abu-l-Fazl in my presence; “Although the guardianship of Ajmír suits so and so very well, yet since, whenever I give him anything to translate, he always writes what is very pleasing to me, I do not wish that he should be separated from me.” The Shaikh and others confirmed His Majesty's opinion of me. That very day an order was issued that I should translate and complete the remainder of those Hindú lies, part of which had been translated by the command of Sulṭán Zín-ul-'ábidín, king of Kashmír, and named the Baḥr-ul-asmár ,^415a while the greater part had been left untranslated. I was commanded to finish the last volume of that book, which was of the thickness of sixty juz', in the course of five months. At this time also one night he called me into his private bed-chamber to the foot of (P. 402) the bed, and till the morning asked for stories out of each chapter, and then said: “Since the first volume of the Baḥr-ul-asmár , which Sulṭán Zín-ul-'ábidín had translated, is in archaic Persian, and difficult to understand, do you translate it afresh into ordinary language, and take care of the rough copy of the book, which you have translated.” I performed the zamínbós, and heartily undertook the commission. I began to work, and after showing me a great deal of favour he presented me with 10,000 tankahs in small change, and a horse. If God (He is exalted!) will, I hope to have this book well finished in the course of the next two or three months, and that it will obtain me leave to go to my native country (which is the grave). But He is the right one to give permission, and He hath power over the wishes of his servant.

During this year reports came from Ḥakím 'Ain-ul-mulk, and Shahbáz Khán from the confines of Hindiah, that they had put to death Burhán-ul-mulk on account of his bad conduct, and had set up his son, who was twelve years old, as his heir.

The Emperor sent a farmán to the prince Sulṭán Murád, and another farmán to the Khán Khánán ordering them to set out with haste, and proceed to the subjugation of the Dakhin.

During the first part of the month of Zi-ḥajjah⁴¹⁶ of this year Sháh Beg Khán Kábulí went to Qandahár, and Mírzá Muzaffar Ḥusain, commandant of Qandahár, came to Court in company with Qará Beg Mír-shikár, and brought valuable jewels with other precious things as a present to the Emperor. The Emperor treated him with special favour and kindness.

Sháh Beg Khán fought a battle at Zamín Dáwar with a great army of the Uzbeks, and defeated them. He slew most of their leaders, and to those whom the sword spared, he gave dresses of honour and released them. Another body of them fled to a fortress, and were beseiged there. He bombarded the fortress and took it by storm. Then he continued his advance and took the Garmsír.

(P. 403). The Emperor conferred the province of Chítór on Mírzá Rustam, and took away the district of Samb'hal from Abu-l-Fazl and gave it as jágír to Mírzá Qandahárí.⁴¹⁷ And Multán, which had become completely desolated by the tyranny of Mírzá Rustam, he converted into Crown property.

At this time Sa'íd Khán Mughul came from Bangálah to Court, and brought an elephant and much money and precious products of that country from 'Isá Khán the Zamíndár as a present to the Emperor.

In this year Shaikh Ya'qúb Kashmírí, who had the takhulluç of Çarfí,^417a had obtained permission to leave the Court, and return to his native country, when he died: “Verily we belong to God, and verily unto Him do we return”:^417b —

“All our friends are gone, and have taken the road to the Ka'bah,
We with tipsy foot remain at the door of the wine-seller.
Not a word of the points we proposed has been solved,
We are left beggars, without this world or the next.”

On the night of the twenty-seventh of Zí-ḥajjah of this year Ḥakím 'Ain-ul-Mulk, who had gone on an embassy to Rájah 'Alí Khán, and had returned thence to Hindiah (which had been appointed as his jágír), after an illness of five months departed to the other world. Extolled be the perfection of God! our acquaintances and friends one by one withdraw their heart from our companionship, and lightly hastened, and still do hasten, to their everlasting home, while we in this sadness and despair drag on an existence in folly and forgetfulness of our end:—

“O heart, since thou art aware that death follows existence,
To what end this desire for length of days?
Thou did'st make a pact with Fate,^417c not Fate with thee,
Why then this cry, that Fate is treacherous?”

On the third of the month of Muḥarram of the year one thousand and four (1004) Ḥakím Ḥasan Gílání (P. 404), who was of a very dervish-like character, and kind, and possessed of excellent qualities, departed this life:—

“If a Rose were possible without a Thorn,
Every moment in this world would be a new delight;
We should be happy enough in this old caravansarai of Life,
If Death were not always at the door.”

At this time Shaikh Músá Gílání Qádirí, son of the Master, Shaikh Ḥámid (God sanctify his tomb!), younger brother of Shaikh 'Abd-ul Qádir⁴¹⁸ who is a devotee at Uchh, chose to do homage to the Emperor, and was raised to the rank of Commander of five hundred.

During this month Çadr Jahán, the Muftí of the imperial dominions, who has been appointed to a commandership of One Thousand, joined the Divine Faith, as also his two foolish sons; and having taken the Shaçt^418a of the new religion, he went into the snare like a fish, and so got his commandership of One Thousand. He even asked His Majesty what he was to do with his beard, when he was told to let it be. On the same day Mullá Taqí of Shustar joined, who looks upon himself as the learned of the learned, and is just now engaged in rendering the Sháhnámah into prose in accordance with the Emperor's orders, and whenever the word ‘Sun’ occurs he uses such phrases as jallat 'azamatuhu and 'azza shánuhu.^418b Among others that joined was a Shaikhzádah, one Gosálah Khán by name, of Banáras, (but what good can be expected from a zádah!)^418c and Mullá Sháh Múḥammad of Sháhábád, and Çúfí Aḥmad musician of the Masnad-i-Çád of Dihlí, who claimed to belong to the progeny of his holiness Ghaus-us-saqalain (God be favourable to him!):—

“Alidís cub is like it;
How art thou like a prophet? say!”

They all conformed to the four degrees of the Faith, and received appointments as Commanders of from One Hundred to Five Hundred. They gave up their beards in the earnest pursuit of the new religion, and became hairless and beardless, and “Some shavers”⁴¹⁹ was found to give the date. These new-religionists behaved like Hindús turned Musalmáns, and like one who is dressed in red clothes, and in his conceit looks at his relatives, who say to him (P. 405):—

“My little man, these rags will be old to-morrow,
But the Islám will still remain on your neck.”

Aḥmad “the little Çúfí” is the same who claimed to be the pupil, or rather the perfect successor of Shaikh Aḥmad Bikrí of Egypt. He said, that at the express desire of that religious leader of the age he had come to India, and the Shaikh had frequently told him, to assist the Sulṭán of India, should he make a slip, and to lead him back from his place of danger. But the opposite was the result:—

“A boastful spider said: I am so very clever,
That it would be only right if to-morrow I were made “Weaver by appointment to the Houris.”
Hast not heard what another spider said to him?
Brother, why boast? first weave, then boast!”

The issue of the affair of Gosálah Banárasí, who was a catamite of “a calf in bodily shape, and lowing,”^419a was as follows: Through the intervention of Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl he was brought into proximity to the Emperor, and by deceit and trickery getting himself made Krorí of Banáras he managed to leave the Court. He in company with Aḥmad the little Çúfí set his eyes on a certain prostitute, and having left a considerable sum of money with her appointed a guardian over her, and went away. When the overseers of the prostitutes and dancing-girls represented this to the Emperor, one night at the New Year's assembly he allowed the matter to transpire, and took away the jágír of Two-Hundred from Aḥmad Suflí,⁴²⁰ and Mullá Sháh Muḥammad, which they held conjointly in the skirts of the mountains, and recalled Gosálah of Banáras.

On the tenth of the month of Çafar^420a of this year the King of Poets, Shaikh Faizí, after suffering for a long time from conflicting diseases, viz., from the trouble of a difficulty in breathing, and from dropsy and swelling of the hands and feet, and from a vomiting of blood, which he had borne for six months, passed from this world And since he had, in despite of Mussalmáns, associated and been mixed up with dogs day and night, they say that at the moment of (P. 406) death they heard him bark like a dog. And through his bigotry in the matter of heresy and denial of the religion of Islám, he involuntarily at that moment even in the presence of men of learning, lawyers and ascetics, uttered meaningless words and such foolish gibberish, and stuff and nonsense, and unbelief in religious matters, as he was accustomed to, and in which he had formerly so persisted. At length he went to his own place, and a mnemosynon for the date is “Woe to the heretic, and Shi'ah, and natural-philosopher, and the worldly man;” and another “The pillar of heresy is broken.”^420b And one of his friends invented this mnemosynon:—

“Seest thou what a number of tricks the Heaven plays,
The bird of my heart out of its cage became a nightingale.
That bosom, which treasured in itself a whole world,
Became too contracted to draw half a breath.”

At the time of his last agony the Emperor came in the middle of the night and took up his head and caressed it. Several times he cried out and said: “O Shaikh Jí I have brought Ḥakím 'Ali^420c with me, why do you say nothing?” But since he was unconscious no voice or sound proceeded from him. When the Emperor had repeatedly questioned him, he cast his turban on the ground.⁴²¹ And after he had given some words of sympathy to Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl the Emperor went away. Just about this time news was brought that Faizí had breathed his last.—“O God make us firm, make us to die and raise us again in the Faith and the Islám!”

A few days after this event Ḥakím Humán died on the sixth of Rabí'-ul-awwal,^421a and on the seventh Kamáláí Çadr passed away. The riches of both of these were at once [confiscated and] locked up in chambers, so that they were too poor to afford themselves a shroud.

These are some of the events of various dates, which in the month of Çafar (may God conclude it in happiness and success!) of the year one thousand (P. 407) and four (1004) of the era of the Hijrah, which corresponded to the fortieth from the Accession, were written down in a concise form by the shikastah pen of this broken-hearted one, and without reservation have been strung unceremoniously on the string of narration. But, although with respect to details it is but as a bubble from the sea of Umán,^421b or like a drop from the clouds or the rain, everything that I have written is as far as I am conscious deliberately guarded from every trace of error, unless (God's will be done!) in the case of some years a postdating or antedating, or inversion or alteration may have crept into the original sources, which is not the business of the compiler. And if my span of life give me a little assistance, and the divine grace be my companion, and my brain have leisure from other occupations (if the glorious God will) I will write also a compendium of the events of the years to come. And if not, any one, who is an inhabitant of India, can after us compose a rough epitome, for such has always been the Law of God:—

“My object has been to give good advice, I have spoken,
I commit it to God, and go my way.”

NOTES.

Page 10, ll. 12-14. These lines should be,

“Is life's one lesson to the wise;
That man an arrant fool doth live
Who leaves his money when he dies.”

P. 14, ll. 5, 6. These lines should be—

“Of earth or man there was no trace upon the board of life,
When in love's school my soul from thee first learned its passion's art.”

P. 24, note 3. Instead of “Probably the Díván-i-Ḥáfiz, for” read Our author means the Díván-i-Ḥáfiz. Ouseley in his Lives of the Persían Poets says that the terms lisán-i-ghaib, and tarjumân-ul-asrár were first applied to Ḥáfiz by Jámí.

P. 37. For note² substitute, “the phrase dar wádí-i means ‘in the subject of,’ see text, p. 185, l. 3, infra, p. 187, l. 4 and 14, p. 305, l. 10.”

P. 45. Add to note⁵ “the passage may refer to the zikr-í arrah, a mode of saying ḥaqq without moving the tongue, see Vullers, i. 964 a.”

P. 53. Add to note²—“Compare infra, p. 294, note.”

P. 73, ll. 1—5. This passage should run

“In this year the Shaikh-ul-Islám, Fatḥ-púrí Chishtí,—who in the year 971 had returned from Mekkah and Madínah, and for the date of whose return the author of this history had discovered two mnemosyna and included them in an Arabic letter which he wrote and sent him from Badáún, which will be given in its proper place if God, He is exalted, will,—laid.”

P. 105, l. 29. See supra, p. 67.

P. 118, l. 22. This line may mean

“Who brought news to Sorrow? Who gave warning for Misfortune to come?”

P. 125, ll. 14—16. Rather,

“The coming of a son would add to the adornment of a king, if
The incomparable Lúlú would add to the adornment of the royal Pearl;”
I. e., each is in itself incapable of receiving an addition of splendour.

P. 126, l. 6. “Onslaught,”—reading ◌.

P. 129, l. 3. In the text here (p. 125, l. 7) ◌ should probably be read ◌.

P. 138, l. 11. Our author should have written Maḥmúd for Muhammad as he has done below.

P. 150, l. 17. There is something wrong in the text here.

P. 157, ll. 8—17. This passage should run thus: “the next day they came to the abode of Shaikh Fatḥ-ullah Tarín, who was one of the renowned deputies of Shaikh-ul-Islám Fatḥpúrí, and sat in council and considered it advisable that all of us together with Tolak Khán Qúchín and Bég Núrín Khán and Raḥman Qulí Khán and Kákar 'Alí Khán and the other Amírs of the jágír of the neighbourhood of Dihlí (who were come to repulse the Mirzá and were waiting for us in the pargana of Áhár on the bank of the river Ganges) should carry out whatever plans they might fix upon, as soon as a junction should have been effected.”

P. 162. Add to note³. “Thís is a Turkí word and means a servant but not a royal one.”

P. 169, l. 17. Add after “to rest.” “On the ninth day they marched from thence without stopping to within 3 cosses of Ahmadábád.”

P. 170, l. 26. On wádí see note supra on p. 37.

P. 174, l. 26. Probably for “the Emperor” we should read “the Saint.”

P. 178, last l. Add note, “perhaps ◌ may mean disputations.”

P. 181, l. 14. Rather “who relishes this fresh new wine?” reading ◌.

P. 182, last l. Add in note after Gajpati,

“See Blochmann Transl. Áín i Akb., pp. 399, 400.”

P. 185, ll. 1—3. These lines should run,

“He swam over the river Panpan on horseback, and hastening on by forced marches, arrived at Daryápur on the bank of the Ganges, distant 26 cosses from Patna. About 400 elephants fell into his hands.”
Â

P. 189, l. 28. This line should rather run,

“Gog, as they say, is where thy army is.”

P. 192, l. 9 after “measured” add as a parenthesis the following omitted couplet:

“In the eye of the experience of the jesting man A two-headed snake is better than the surveyor's measuring-line.”

P. 195, l. 7. This son's name is given in the text as Habárí, but Blochmann, p. 370, gives it as Jabárí.

P. 216, l. 1. “In the hot air” should perhaps rather be “in his intense fervour.”

—— ll. 9—12. This passage should rather run;

“In this year a learned Bráhman, Shaikh Bháwan, who had come from the Dak'hin and nolens volens turned Musalmán, came to visít his Majesty and was admitted to great intimacy; and his Majesty gave him the order to translate the Atharva Veda, which is one of the four wellknown sacred books of the Hindus. Several of the religious precepts of this book resemble the laws of Islám. I was appointed to render it from Hindí into Persian.

P. 217, l. 12. Walí Ni'mat Bégum was Mírzá Sulaimán's wife, see sup. p. 61, l. 9.

P. 230, ll. 18—21. These lines come from Háfiz, see lithogr. ed. with comm. p. 136.

P. 234, ll. 9, 10. These lines are prose; the whole passage should run,— “The Emperor replied, “If God (He is exalted) will, thou shalt return the bearer of news of victory,” and he repeated the Fátiḥah with all earnestness and devotion.”

P. 245, l. 27. This may mean “to spare his life would be to incur the risk of future revolts.”

P. 258, l. 30. Instead of Multán, the Tabaqát-í-akbarí calls it Mulathán, see Elliot, v. 406.

P. 268, l. 13. Can ◌ mean “certain men who had been brought over to his views?”

P. 276, l. 19. Bíjágarh should be Bíjánagar if the Persian text is correct, but it no doubt refers to Bíjápur.

P. 284, l. l. Instead of “and to God” it should rather run, “and God has made the same encroachments on his empire.”

P. 293, l. 1. This is a hard passage, and its meaning is very doubtful.

P. 298, l. 5. Patnah should be Pannah, see Blochm. p. 425, note.

P. 308, l. 18. We should read ◌ and translate it “with my opponent I will enter into it,” instead of “in the presence of his Majesty we will pass through it.”

P. 312, l. 8. This passage should probably be translated, “would proudly rush forward to carry on the game.”

P. 315. Dele note¹ see note supra on p. 37; and read in ll. 1, 2, “who were become a very proverb in all departments of pleasantry and in the realm of poetry, used to take dogs to their table and eat with them.”

P. 320, l. 4. For Khabísah read Khabítah Bahádur, see Blochmann, p. 356, note.

P. 325, l. 12. For “discovering treasures” we should probably read “moving heavy weights,” cf. p. 331, l. 19.

P. 327, l. 9. Perhaps we should read ◌ as Butríyah is the name of a Muhammadan sect. “He became orthodox,” of course means sarcastically “according to their views.”

P. 330, ll. 10—13. Blochmann (p. 105) translates this, “the emperor took exception to my translation and called me a Harámkhur and a turnip-eater as if that was my share of the book.” But the truth is that it refers to a Persian proverb in Roebuck, p. 192, and should run “What objections did I not have to hear, and I learned the full force of the proverb,—am I to eat forbidden food and be content with turnips after all?”

P. 367, ll. 24—27. This passage more probably means, “If the Hindus take
this ill and will not prevent it, the wife of some Hindu who has died shall
take her as a daughter and shall adopt her in that interview.”
P. 368, ll. 23, 24. This should be “to quadruple the number,” (cf. p. 157,
l. 19.) See Defrémery, Mirchond, Saman. p. 10, l. 17.
P. 373, l. 24. This should be “to Atak Banáras, which is also called Atak
Katak;” Blochmann, p. 374, note, says that Atak was so named because it
rhymes with Katak.
P. 378, l. 13. The translation rests on a conjectural reading ◌
P. 385, ll. 15, 16, for ◌ read ◌ and translate,
Tatah which was drunk through the passing of the cup,
Behold now it is desolate and with its cup broken!”
P. 389, l. 20, for the Khirad-afzá, see, supra, p. 186.
P. 399, l. 29—32. Read this passage as follows; “and Muzaffar sat down during
the journey on the plea of a call of nature, and with a razor which he always
carried about with him together with his implements, cut his throat and
died.”
P. 411, l. 1. The phrase ◌ is obscure, cf. p. 374, l. 17 (text), could
the line mean “he ordered Naqíb Khán (the translator) to take it as a
model”?

INDEX
OF
MUNTAKHABU-T-TAWĀRIKH
VOLUME II.

(The numbers refer to the pages; n stands for footnote.)

A.

Aaron of Scriptnre, 348 n 8.
'Abbāsides, the, 397.
Abbott, 270 n 1.
Abdāl, the Forty—, holy men who
should always be on earth, 318
n 3.
Abdāl, the seven—, spirits which
hover round the world, 200 n 1,
374 n 3.
'Abdulawwal, Mīr,—a heretical
writer, 254.
'Abdul'azīz of Dihlī, Shaikh,—a Mu-
ḥammadan saint and religious
teacher, 109, 294, 386.
'Abdul Hādī, infant son of al-Badā-
onī, 259.
'Abdu-l-Ḥay Khawwās, son of Qāzī
Çadrn-d-dīn Sambhalī, 291.
'Abdu-l-Ḥayy, Mīr,—a learned man
in the Court of Akbar, 64.
'Abdu-l-Jabbār Hamadānī, Qāzī,—
a religious teacher, 266 and n 1.
Abd-ullāh Bakhshī, Mīr,—an officer
of Akbar's Court, 20.
'Abd-ullāh Khān Chogān Bēgī, Say-
yid. See under 'Abd-ullāh Khān,
Jokān Bēgī.
'Abd-ullāh Khān Chougān Bēgī, Say-
yid. See under 'Abd-ullāh Khān;
Jokān Bēgī.
'Abd-ullāh Khān Jokān Bēgī, Say-
yid,—Governor of Biyānah and
Bajūnah, 183, 197, 198, 243, 244,
245, 249, 250, 251, 380, 381.
'Abd-ullāh Khān, the Uzbek,—Gover-
nor of Kālpī, 6, 44, 48, 66, 67, 68,
75. See the next.
'Abd-ullāh Khān Uzbek, son of Si-
kandar Khān,—chief of the Uzbeks
in Transoxiana, 278, 302, 350, 357,
362, 363, 365, 366, 375, 383, 393.
See the above.
'Abd-ullāh, Khwājah, grandson of
Khwājah Aḥrār,—one of the gen-
erals of Akbar, 197, 235.
'Abd-ullāh Makhdūm-ul-Mulk, Mullā
—of Sulṭānpūr, 85. See also under
Makhdūm-ul-Mulk.
'Abd-ullāh Marwārīd of Hirāt, Khwā-
jah,—the Wazīr, 48.
'Abd-ullāh, son of Murād Bēg,—an
officer of the army, 103.
'Abd-ullāh Niyāzī, the Sarhindī,
Shaikh, 204.
'Abd-ullāh Sulṭānpūrī, Mullā,—the
Makhdūmu-l-Mulk, 13, 39, 154,
205. See also under Makhdūmu-l-
Mulk.
'Abd-ul-Laṭīf, son of the author
'Abd-ul-Qādir al-Badāonī, 130.
'Abd-ul-Laṭīf, Mīr,—one of the Sayfī
Sayyids of Qazwīn, 24, 32, 85, 235.
Abd-ul-Majīd Harawī, Khwājah,—
the Āçaf Khān, Governor of Dihlī,
38, 62. See also under Āçaf Khān.
'Abdu-l-Malik Khān,—a relative of
Mīr Muḥammad Atkah, the Khān
Kalān, 53.
'Abdu-l-Maṭlab Khān, son of Shāh
Budāgh Khān, 46, 80, 82, 83, 96,
151, 249, 368 and n 3.
'Abdu l-Muṭlab Khān. See the above.
'Abdul Nabī. See under 'Abdu-u-
Nabī.
'Abdu-l-Qādir Gīlānī Qādirī, Shaikh,
—a devotee of Uchh, 418.
'Abdu-l-Qādir Jīlānī, Shaikh Muḥi-
ud-dīn,—the celebrated Imām and
Shaikh, 200.
'Abdu-l-Qādir Tabrīzī, Moulānā,—
Akbar's tutor, 332.
'Abdu-l-Qudūs of Gangōh, Shaikh,—
one of the greatest Shaikhs of
Hind, 70.
'Abdu-l-Wāsi',—husband of a daugh-
ter-in-law of Shaikh Badah, Lord
of Āgra, 59, 60.
'Abdu-n-Nabī, Shaikh, grandson of
Shaikh 'Abdu-l-Qudūs of Gangōh,
—the Shaikhu-l-Islām and chief
Çadr of Hind, 70, 85 and n 5, 102
n 1, 123, 128, 176, 201, 206, 210,
211, 213, 233, 234, 243, 244, 258,
261, 262, 275, 278, 281, 282, 283,
284, 321.
'Abdu-r-Raḥīm of Lak'hnou, Shaikh,
359, 364 and n 4, 387, 396.
'Abdu-r-Raḥīm, Mīrzā, 34. Same as
Mīrzā Khān, son of Bairām Khān,
the Khān Khānān.
'Abdu-r-Raḥmān Bēg. See under
'Abdu-r-Raḥmān, son of Mu'ayyad
Bēg.
'Abdu-r-Raḥmān Bēg, son of Jalālu-
d-dīn Bēg,—a military comman-
der, 249.
'Abdu-r-Raḥmān Jāmī, Maulānā, 207.
See also under Jāmī.
'Abdu-r-Raḥmān, son of Mu'ayyad
Bēg—a military Commander, 15,
16, 17, 249.
'Abdu-r-Raḥmān, son of Sulṭān Sikan-
dar, the Afghān, 11.
'Abdu-r-Rasūl, Sayyid,—head-man
of 'Abdu-n-Nabī the Shaikhu-l-
Islām, 208, 233.
'Abdu-sh-Shahīd, Khwājah, grand-
son of Khwājah Aḥrār,—one of
the saints of Hind, 166, 174, 187.
'Abdu-sh-Shukur Gūldār, Mullā,—
Qāzī of Jounpūr, 285.
'Abdu-s-Sami' of Miyānkāl of Tran-
soxiana,—the Qāzi-l-Quzāt of
Hind, 324.
Ābōth, (Mishna), 287 n 2, 400 n 1.
Abu 'Abd-ullāh Muḥammad Sharafu-
d-dīn,—author of Qaçīdah-e-bor-
dah, 397 n 1.
Abu Bakr,—the first of the four early
Khalīfahs, 36 n 2.
Abū Ḥanīfah an-Na'mān ibn Thābit,
Imām, 212 and n 2.
Abu Isḥāq Ibn Adham. See under
Ibn Adham.
Abu Isḥāq, Mīr, son of Mīr Sayyid
Rafī'ud-dīn Muḥaddis, 289.
Abu Isḥāq, Sayyid,—a jāgīr-holder
of Bengal, 333.
Abu Lahab,—the infidel uncle of the
Arabian prophet Muḥammad, 23
and n 6, 281.
Abu-l-Fatḥ Bēg, son of Fazā'il Beg,
the lieutenant of Māh Jūjak
Bēgum, 54, 55.
Abu-l Fatḥ of Gīlān, Ḥakīm,—Çadr
of the metropolis of Hind, 214,
271, 276, 286, 289, 290, 294, 304,
313, 325, 326, 328, 359, 361, 362,
364, 365, 376, 379, 382.
Abu-l-Fatḥ Jalālu-d-dīn Muḥammad
Akbar Pādshāh Ghāzī, 279. See
under Akbar.
Abu-l-Fatḥ, Shaikh, son of Shaikh
Badah,—one of the nobles of the
Court of Akbar, 102.
Abu-l-Fazl 'Allāmī, Shaikh, son of
Shaikh Mubārak of Nāgor,—Wazīr
of Akbar and author of the Āīn-i-
Akbarī, 25 n 2, 38 n 5, 46 n 1, 49
n 4, 57 n 4, 94 n 6, 176, 200, 201,
202, 205, 207 and n 3, 209, 212, 214,
267, 268, 269, 270, 271 n 1, 273 n 4,
280, 283, 286, 299, 305, 309, 314
n 4, 316, 326, 328, 331, 333, 334,
349 n 5, 377, 384, 389, 396, 400,
402 n 1, 406, 413, 415, 416, 419, 421.
See also under 'Allāmī Shaikh Abu-
l-Fazl.
Abu-l-Fazl Naqshbandī, Khwājah,—
an attendant of Mīrzā Muḥammad
Ḥakīm, 302.
Abu-l-Fazl, Sayyid, son of Mīr Say-
yid Muḥammad Mīr'adal,—gover-
nor of Bhakkar, 252.
Abu-l-Ghais Bokhārī. See the next.
Abu-l-Ghays Bokhārī of Dihlī, Mīr,
—a Saint and a soldier, 14, 252,
313 [see page xi], 358, 359, 374.
Abu-l-Jahl,—a nickname given to
Abu-l-Fazl 'Allāmī, 350.
Abu-l-Ma'ālī. See under Shāh Abu-l-
Ma'ālī.
Abu-l-Ma'ālī, Qāzī, the son-in-law of
the Prince of Bukhārā,—a learned
doctor, 45.
Abu-l-Muzaffar, Mīr, son of Ashraf
Khān,—a jāgīr-holder of Bengal,
333.
Abu-l-Qāsim,—the twelfth of the
twelve Imāms of the Shī'ahs, 36 n 2.
Abu-l-Qāsim, Mīr Sayyid, son of Mīr
Sayyid Çafālī, of Bhakkar, 252.
Abu-l-Qāsim Mīrzā, son of Kamrān
Mīrzā, son of Bābar the Emperor
of Hindustān, 5.
Abu-l-Qāsim Tabrīzī,—brother of
Maulāna 'Abdu-l-Qādir Akbar's
tutor,—Dīwān of Bengal, 332.
Abu-l-Qāsim, Tamkīn, Mīrzā,—an
officer of the Army, 196.
Abu Muslim,—hero of a story of
adventures, 329.
Abu Naçr of Farāh,—author of the
Niçābu-ç-çibyān, 316 n 1.
Abu Sa'īd Moghūl, Sulṭān,—of the
House of Hulākū, 31, 60.
Abu Sa'īd, Mullā, nephew of Mīyān
Pānipātī,—an author, 286.
Abn Turāb. See under Shāh Abu
Turāb.
Abyssinia, 352.
Abyssinians, the, 168, 170, 171.
Āçaf Khān,—title of Khwājah 'Abdu-
l-Majīd of Harāt, the Governor of
Dihlī, 38, 62, 65, 66, 76, 77, 78, 86,
87, 89 and n 2, 94 and n 4, 97, 98,
105, 107, 169.
Āçaf Khān Mīr Bakhshī Sānī,—title
of Mīrzā Ghiyāsu d-dīn 'Alī Qaz-
wīnī,— Dīwān of Gujrāt, 173, 205,
233, 236, 237, 238, 241, 246, 247,
249, 251, 252, 270, 296, 322, 351.
Āçaf Khān Sālis,—title of Mīrzā Ja'far
or Ja'far Bēg, nephew of Mīrzā
Ghiyāsn-d-dīn 'Alī Qazwīnī, 322,
328, 329, 393, 401, 406, 409 and n 4,
410.
'Adalī, Muḥammad Shāh Sūr 'Ādil,—
the nominal Emperor of India at
the time of Humāyūn's invasion,
5 and n 8, 6, 10, 25 and nn 1 and 2,
26, 28, 41, 62, 65, 159.
Adam of Scripture, 184, 329, 347,
397.
Ādam G'hakkar,—Sulṭān of the
G'hakkars, 3, 13 and n 3, 52 and
n 3.
Ādampūr, 192.
Aden, 217.
Adham Khān, son of Māhum Ankah,
the nurse of Akbar,—one of the
Amīrs of the Empire, ii, 29, 42, 43,
46, 49 and n 4, 50, 51, 59, 64, 101,
351.
Adham, Mīr,—colleague of Rāī Patr
Dās, Dīwān of Bengal, 276.
Adhan of Jounpūr, Shaikh,—Saint
and religious teacher, 273, 309.
Adhem, more correctly Adham. See
under Ibn Adham.
'Ādil Khān,—ruler of the Dak'hin,
and reigning prince of Bījāpūr, 257
and n 2, 276, 325, 390.
'Ādil Muḥammad Khān, son of Shāh
Muḥammad Khān Qandahārī, 108.
'Ādil Shāh,—title of Shāh Walī Bēg
Atkah, 55.
Afghān Tarbanī, or Tarbatī, 157 n 1.
See under Shaikh Fatḥ-ullāh Tarīn.
Afghāns, the, 8, 12, 17, 18, 23, 37,
77, 80, 89, 105, 139, 144, 145, 167,
168, 170, 181, 183, 184, 195, 196,
197, 198, 199, 217, 232, 235, 245,
274, 342, 360, 361, 362, 364, 366,
8, 396, 401.
Afrāsiyāb,—an ancient King of
Tūrān, 47 and n 4, 137.
Afrāsiyāb, son of Mīrzā Muḥammad
Ḥakīm, son of Humāyūn the em-
peror of Hindustān, 359.
Africa, 227 n 3, 421 n 3.
Afrīdūn, or Farīdūn,—an ancient
King of Irān, 199.
Aghā Khān,—the treasurer of Akbar,
218.
Aghnagh, signification of the word,
15.
Āg-Maḥall,—name of a place be-
tween the Ganges and the moun-
tains, 235.
Āgra, 4, 6, 15, 19, 20, 25, 26, 28, 29
and n 5, 31, 39, 44 and n 3, 46, 51,
52, 53, 56, 57, 59 and n 1, 60 and
n 5, 61, 62, 69, 74, 84, 86, 88, 89,
92, 94, 96, 102 [see page iii], 103,
104, 108, 111, 114, 118, 119, 122,
124, 127, 139, 150, 153, 155, 172,
173, 175, 176, 178, 182, 185, 187,
195, 204, 213, 216, 218 and n 3,
224, 225, 230, 244, 285, 293, 310,
324, 344, 391.
Aḥadīs, the, [Monotheists] followers
of the religion of Akbar, 336, 407.
Aḥadīs, the,—one of the classes into
which Akbar divided his army,
194, 303, 353, 362, 367, 369.
Aḥādīṯ, or the Traditions of the Pro-
phet, 207 and n 1, 262.
Ahār,—a parganna on the bank of
the Ganges, 157, 158, 424.
Ahl-i-Jamā'at, the,—signification of
the term, 267.
Ahl-i-Kitāb, the,—signification of the
term, 265 and n 1.
Aḥmad, little, 251.
Aḥmad, another name of the Arabian
prophet Muḥammad, 35 n 4, 324.
Aḥmad Bēg,—a relative of Ḥusain
Qulī Khān, 56 and n 2, 58 and n 4.
Aḥmad Bikrī of Egypt, Shaikh,—a
religious leader, 419.
Aḥmad, the Çūfī,—musician of the
Masnad-i-Çād of Dihlī, 418, 419.
See also under Aḥmad Suflī.
Aḥmad Khān Bārha, Sayyid,—gover-
nor of the fortress of Patan, 144,
151, 152, 233, 236, 237 n 4, 240.
Aḥmad-i-Razawī, Mīr,—father of
Yūsuf Khān Mashhadī, governor of
Kashmīr, 96 n 1.
Aḥmad, Sayyid,—editor of the text
of the Tūzuk-i-Jahāngīrī, 398 n 3.
Aḥmad, Shaikh,— one of the chief
men of Lāhor, 387.
Aḥmad, the Shī'ah, Mullā, 376. See
under Aḥmad of Tat'hah.
Aḥmad Suflī,—a title of contempt
given to Aḥmad the Çūfī, 420 and n 1.
Aḥmad of Tat'hah, Mullā,—a bigoted
Shī'ah, 327, 328, 352, 376, 406.
Aḥmadābād, capital of Gujrāt, 110,
144, 145, 146 and n 1, 150, 151,
152 and n 4, 153, 167, 168, 169, 173,
174, 188, 249, 256, 321, 337, 338
and n 1, 339, 340, 342, 344, 355,
356, 370, 371, 372, 373, 385, 424.
Aḥmadnagar, 145, 147, 152 n 4, 167,
334 n 1, 354. 372, 390, 403 n 1.
Aḥrār, Khwājah,—a Muḥammadan
Saint, 57, 166, 174, 235, 275, 366.
Ahrīmān,—the Evil One of the Par-
sis, 334 n 4, 356 and n 1.
Aimah-dārān, the, 207 n 4. See under
the Aimahs.
Aimahdārs, the, 354, 394. See under
the Aimahs.
Aimahs, the, or holders of grant-
lands, 207 and n 4, 208.
Āīn-i-Akbarī, the,—of Abu-l-Fazl
'Allāmī, 2 n 3, 7 n 5, 22 n 4, 24 nn 2
and 3, 54 n 1, 63 n 4, 65 n 3, 79 n 1,
85 n 3, 176 n 3, 219 n 2, 233 n, 241
n 2, 280 n 2, 315 n 1, 405 n 1, 424.
'Ain-ul-mulk Shīrāzī, Ḥakīm,—an
officer of the Imperial Court, 175,
224, 257, 286 [see page x], 322,
370, 377, 397, 402, 416, 417.
'Āishah, favourite wife of the Ara-
bian prophet Muḥammad, 318 n 2,
349 n 4.
Ajmīr, 46, 57 and n 2, 108, 127, 129,
137, 143, 153, 162, 168, 173, 174,
175, 176, 188, 200, 203 n 2, 215,
232 [see page viii], 233, 236, 245,
246 and n 2, 258, 262, 275, 280, 281,
283, 291, 297, 309, 320, 414, 415.
Ajodhan,—generally known as Patna,
which also see, 137, 265.
Akbar, 1, 2 and n 4, 5 and n 1, 9, 11
and n 1, 12, 24 n 3, 49 n 4, 54 n 2,
61 n 3, 70 n 4, 79 n 2, 88 n 2, 94 n 2,
96 n 1, 100 n 3, 108 and n 2, 125,
127, 136, 149, 166, 175 n 1, 180, 201
n 3, 202 n 1, 217 n 3, 218 n 1, 227
n 1, 241 n 2, 255 n 2, 281, 314, 371
n 4, 382, 394 n 4.
Akbarnāmah, the,—of Shaikh Abu-l
Faẓl 'Allāmī, 12 n 6, 32 n 3, 34 n 5,
52 n 5, 57 n 2, 58 n 1, 68, 78 n 2, 301
n 3, 388, 398, 406.
Ākhtah-bēgī,—the officer in charge
of the geldings, 54 and n 1.
Alāhābād, 100 and n 3, 103. See also
under Illāhābād.
Alāhābās. See the above.
'Alam-ul-hadā ['Alam-ul-Hudā?] of
Baghdād,—author of the Nahju-l-
balāghat, 64.
'Alā-ud-daulah Qazwīnī, Mīr,—author
of a Biography of the Poets, 108
and n 2.
'Alā-ud-dīn Khiljī, Sulṭān, 193.
'Alā-ud-dīn Lārī, Maulānā, 53.
Alexander the Great, 137, 178 n 2,
189, 382.
Alfī, 327. See also under the Tārīkh-
i-Alfī.
Alhādī. See under Hādī.
'Alī, son of Abi Ṭālib,—the first of the
twelve Imāms of the Shī'ahs, 11 n 4,
36 n 2, 102 n 2, 172, 255, 274, 295,
374 n 2.
'Alī 'Ālam Shāhī, Mīrzā,—an army
officer, 197.
'Alī Baghdādī, Qāzī, grandson of Mīr
Qāzī Ḥusain Maibazī,—Dīwān of
Kashmīr, 261, 282, 283, 296, 394
and n 4, 395.
'Alī Bēg Sildūz,—Governor of the for-
tress of Chītor, 26. See also under
Mihr 'Alī Bēg Sildūz.
'Alī of Gīlān, Ḥakīm,—a relative of
Ḥakīm-ul-mulk of Gīlān, 273, 276,
328, 381, 420.
'Alī Hazin, Belfour's translation of,
35 n 3, 402 n 6.
'Alī Khān, Governor of Kashmīr, 276.
See the next.
'Alī Khān, Mīrzādah, 365, 380. See
the above.
'Alī Khān, Rājah,—Governor of Āsīr
and Burhānpūr, 251, 257, 260, 274,
354, 372, 373, 390, 417.
'Alī, Mihr. See under Mihr 'Alī.
'Alī Muḥammad Asp,—one of the
Emperor's Courtiers, 55, 303.
'Alī Murād Uzbek,—an army officer,
236, 247, 251.
'Alī Mūsā Rizā,—the eighth of the
twelve Imāms of the Shī'ahs, 36 n
2, 80 n 3. See also under Rizā.
'Alī Qāzī, 233 n 3. See also under
Qāzī 'Alī Mīr Bakhshī.
'Alī Qulī Khān,—commandant of the
town of Harī or Hirāt, 375. See
the next.
'Alī Qulī Khān Uzbek, the Khān Za-
mān, son of Ḥaidar Sulṭān Uzbek-
i-Shaibānī, 4, 5, 12 n 3, 44 n 4, 76
n 2, 84 n 1, 95 n 2, 101. See the
above.
'Alī Rāī,—ruler of Little Tibet, 388.
Alīm of Kābul, Mullā,—author of the
Fawātiḥ-ul-wilāyat, 348.
Allāhābās. See under Alāhābād.
'Allāmī Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl, 397, 398,
412 and n 3. See also under Abu-l-
Fazl 'Allāmī.
Almuzill. See under Muzill.
Alqāhirah. See under Qāhirah.
Altamsh-corps,—explanation of the
term, 197 and n 2.
Alwar,—a town about sixty cosses
S.S. W. of Dihlī, 6 and n 5, 9, 40, 108.
'Amād-ul-mulk ['Imād-ul-mulk?], ma-
ternal grandfather of Amīr Khusrū
the poet, 38 n 4.
Amān-ullāh Sarhindī, Miyān,—one of
the learned of Akbar's time, 407.
Ambēr or Jaipur,—one of the three
great Rājpūt States, 45 and n 8,
242 and n 2.
Ambīr,—a town in the district of
Multān, 258.
Ambit'hī,—a town in the confines of
Lak'hnou, 167 n 1.
Amīn Diwāna. See under Muḥam-
mad Amīn Dīwānah.
Amīn Khān Ghorī,—Governor of
Jūnāgaṛh or Chūnāgaṛh, 152, 355,
370, 371, 384, 392.
Amīnā, Khwājah. See under Khwājah
Amīnā.
Amīn-ud-dīn, formerly called Muḥam-
mad Amīn,—one of the confiden-
tial servants of the Court, 390.
Amīn-ud-dīn Maḥmūd of Harat,
Khwājah, known as Khwājah Amī-
nā, 20 n 3, 232 [see page viii]. See
also under Khwājah Amīnā.
Amīr Khān Ghorī, 152, an error for
Amīn Khān Ghorī, which see.
Amīr-ul-umarā,—title of Rājah Bagh-
wān Dās, 383.
Amm Kulsūn, 328,—an error for
Umm Kulsūm, which see.
Amrār-i-sānī, the,—by Shaikh Faizī,
the poet, 407.
Amrohah,—in the neighbourhood of
Lakh'nou, 156, 158, 284, 304, 346,
355, 358. See the next.
Amrūhah, 224 [see page viii]. See
the above.
Āmul,—a town on the Jīḥūn [Oxus],
252, 295 n 1.
Anagah,—signification of the word,
49 n 4.
Andarī, town of, 29.
Andarī-Karnāl, town of, 70.
Ānjū, town of, 209.
'Anqā,—a fabulous bird said to dwell
in the mountain of Qāf, 272 and
n 3, 411.
Anka or Ankah, signification of the
word, 49 n 4.
Antichrist, 189 and n 2, 253, 268, 323,
Anūptalao,—name of a tank and a
palace in the capital, 204 and n 3,
212, 219.
Anwār-ul-mashkūt [Mishkāt?], the,
—name of a book, 205.
Anwār-i-Sohailī, the,—of Mullā
Ḥusain ibn 'Alī al-Wā iz al-Kāshifī,
59 and n 5, 369 n 1.
'Aqā'id-i-Nasafī, the,—name of a
book, 53.
'Aqīl Ḥusain Mīrzā, son of Muḥam-
mad Sulṭān Mīrzā,—of the family
of Taimūr, 87 n 1.
Āra, town of, 242 n 1, 244.
'Arab Bahādur,—one of the Amīrs
of Bihār, 284, 289, 292, 293, 298,
364 [see page xii].
'Arab, Khwājah. See under Khwā-
jah 'Arab.
Arabia, 210.
Arabia deserta, 32 n 1.
Arabia felix, 32 n 1.
Arabia petræa, 32 n 1.
Arabs, the, 269.
Arail, parganna of,—in Allāhābād, on
the bank of the Jumna, 124.
Ārām Jān,—name of a dancing-girl
of Jounpūr, 15, 16, 17.
Arash,—signification of the word,
398.
'Ārif Çafawī Ḥusainī, 68.
Aristotle, 21 n 2, 325 n 2.
Arrian, 178 n 2.
'Arsh,—signification of the word,
74 n.
Asad-ullāh, or Lion of God,—title
of Ḥamzah, the uncle of Muḥam-
mad, 347 n 4.
Asālū,—name of a village, 355.
Asfīd Shāh Sulṭān, 307.
Āsh-i-ḥayat,—explanation of the
term, 315.
'Ashqī Khān, Mullā,—Vakīl of Qāzī
Çadru-d-dīn of Lāhor, 276.
Ashraf Khān, Mīr Munshī,—a
Courtier and an army officer, 5, 7,
75, 76, 84, 85, 110, 113, 149.
Asia, wife of Pharaoh, 59 n 4.
Asiatic Society of Bengal, 212 n 1,
302 n 2, 314 n 2.
Asīr,—a town in Khāndesh, 46 and
n 4, 251, 257, 372, 390.
'Askar Khān, Mīr Bakhshī, also called
Lashkar Khān, and Astar Khān,
196. See also under Lashkar
Khān.
Aslīm Shāh, Sūr,—of the Afghān
dynasty of Dihlī, 10, 37, 63. Va-
riously called Islām, Islem and
Salīm Shāh, which see.
Asniyah,—a place on the bank of
the Sārbarmatī, 371.
Asp Julāb Sīstānī,—Governor of the
parganna of Sarūt, in the Doāb, 52.
Assam, 166 n 5.
Astar Khān, Mīr Bakhshī, also called
'Askar Khān and Lashkar Khān,
196. See also under Lashkar Khān.
Atak or Attak, town of, 360, 362, 363,
364, 373, 382, 383, 426. See also
the next.
Atak Banāras, 301, 353, 357, 360, 373,
426. See also the above and the
next.
Atak Katak,—another name of Atak
Banāras, 373 and n 1, 426. See
also the two above.
Atāwa, or
Atāwah, town of, 6, 346.
Ātbēgi,—name of a title, 54 n 1.
Atgah,—signification of the word, 49
n 4.
Atgah-clan, the. See under the
Atkah-clan.
Atgah family, the, 94. See also the
Atkah-clan.
At'harban, the,—name of one of the
sacred books of the Hindūs, 216.
See the next.
Atharva Veda, the, 424. See the
above.
Atka or Atkah,—signification of the
word, 49 n 4.
Atka Khān or Atkah Khān, Shamsu-
d-dīn Muḥammad, surnamed A'zam
Khān, 5 and n 5, 12, 13, 35, 36,
38, 49 and n 4, 52 n 2, 72 and n 2.
See also under A'zam Khān and
Shamsu-d-dīn Muḥammad Atkah
Khān.
Atkah-clan, the, 72, 109, 153. See
also the Atgah family.
Atkah Khāns, the, 92 and n 4, 98.
Atkinson's Shāhnāmah, 339 n 1.
Attak. See under Atak.
Auhand, town of, 366.
Aukāf. See under Auqāf.
Auqāf,—signification of the term, 22
n 4, 49.
Avecenna, 382 n 3.
Awēsar, Rājah,—a brigand and rebel,
155.
Aymah, or grant lands, 261.
'Aynu-l-mulk, Ḥakīm. See under
'Ainu-l-mulk Shīrāzī.
Ayodhya, the Sanskrit name of Oudh,
75 n 7.
Ayyūbpūr, 192 [see page vi].
A'zam Khān, Mīrzā 'Azīz Kokah, son
of Atgah Khān, 98, 137, 145, 151,
152 and n 1, 153, 167, 218, 307, 309,
320, 332, 345, 350, 372, 373, 383,
384, 385, 392, 399, 400, 412. See
also under Khān-i-A'zam and Mīrzā
Kokah.
A'zam Khān, Shamsu-d-dīn Muḥam-
mad Atkah Khān, 49, 50, 52 n 2.
See also under Atkah Khān, and
Shamsu-d-dīn Muḥammad Atkah-
Khān.
A'zampūr, Parganna of, 87, 93, 154.
'Azdu-d-daulah,—title of Shāh or Mīr
Fatḥ-ullāh Shīrāzī, the Çadr and
Chief of Hindūstān, 354, 358, 370,
372, 373, 379. See also under
Shāh Fatḥullāh and Fatḥullāh of
Shīrāz.
'Azīz Kokah, Mīrzā, son of Atgah
Khān, 218 n 1. See also under the
A'zam Khān, Khān-i-A'zam and
Mīrzā Kokah.
'Azīz-i-Miçr,—title of the Kings of
Egypt, 45 n 3.
'Azīz-ullāh of Mashhad, Mīrzā, 110.

B.

Bābā, son of Rājah Rām Chand B'hat-
tā, 345.
Bābā Bēg, Dīwān of Gujrāt, 256.
Bābā Khān Qāqshāl,—a nobleman of
the Court of Akbar, 98, 146, 288,
289, 291.
Bābā Shaikhū Jī,—the name by which
Akbar called his eldest son prince
Salīm, afterwards Jahāngīr, 390
and n 2.
Bābar,—the emperor of Hindūstān
and grandfather of Akbar, 54 n 2,
65 n 1, 216, 217.
Bābar, Erskine's, 65 n 1.
Babhal Khān,—a ghulām of 'Adalī
the emperor of India, 25 n 2.
Bād,—a sarāī in the neighbourhood
of Fatḥpūr, 300.
Badah, Shaikh. See under Shaikh
Badah.
Badakhshān, 5 and n 2, 6, 57, 61, 62,
72, 91, 185, 204, 217, 219, 220, 222,
276, 278, 302, 350, 351, 355, 357,
366, 367, 373, 408.
Badakhshees, the, or
Badakhshīs, the, 61, 71, 409.
Badnagar,—a town in the district of
Rānā Udai Singh, 173 and n 1.
Badāon. See under Badāūn.
Badāonī, 'Abdu-l-Qādir, son of Mulūk
Shāh,—author of the Muntakhabu-
t-tawārīkh, 7 n 5, 11 n 2, 207 n 4.
Badāūn, town of, 73, 88, 130, 139,
142, 143, 154, 175, 182, 223, 243
n 1, 379, 380, 384, 388, 389, 396,
423.
Bādāwar,—one of the seven treasures
of Khusrou, 85 n 1.
Badru-d-dīn, Shaikh, son of Shaikh
Islām Chishtī, 215, 344.
Bæotians, the, 253 n 1.
Baghdād, 64, 210, 212, 282.
Baglāna, district of, 151 and n 1.
Bahādur Khān, Muḥammad Sa'īd
Shaibānī, son of Ḥaidar Sulṭān
Uzbek-i-Shaibānī, and brother of
the Khān Zamān, 4, 18 and n 2,
29, 32, 44, 76, 77, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84,
85, 89, 94, 96, 97, 98, 99, 101, 103,
104.
Bahādur Khān Sarwānī. See under
Pahār Khān Sarwānī.
Bahādur Kodrah,—or
Bahādur Kūrdah,—or
Bahādur Kūr Farah,—a Zamīndār of
Bengal, 333 and n 6, 334, 399.
Bahādur, son of Sa'īd Badakhshī,—
Governor of Tirhut, 307.
Bahādur Shāh, title assumed by
Bahādur, son of Sa'īd Badakhshī,
307.
Bahādur, Sulṭān,—a usurper of the
sovereignty of Bengal, 18.
Bahāduru-d-dīn Sulṭān, son of Asfīd
Shāh Sulṭān. See under Bahādur
Shāh.
Bahār. See under Bihār.
Bahār-Jiv,—Rājah of the district of
Baglāna, 151.
Bahār Mal, Rājah,— Wakīl and Wazīr,
154, 158.
Bahat, the. See under the Behat.
Bahāu-d-dīn Bokhāri, Sayyid,—one of
the Amīrs of Akbar, 386.
Bahāu-d-dīn Naqshbandī, Khwājah,
72 n 4.
Bahāu-d-dīn Zahīr [Zuhair?],—an
Arab poet, 48 n 1.
Bahāu-d-dīn Zakaryāī of Multān,
Shaikh,—a Doctor of Law, 212.
Bahman,—the name of January in the
Ilāhī era, 397 and n 3.
Bahman-khur,—the 2nd day of Janu-
ary in the Ilāhī era of Akbar, 397
and n 3.
Bahraich, town of, 364.
Bahrām Mīrzā, son of Ismā'īl Çafawī,
402.
Bahroṇch, town of,—in Gujrāt, 151,
168, 173, 257, 285, 341, 342, 344,
373, 401.
Baḥr-u-Kuzah, the,—a work by
Sharīf of Āmul, 254 and n 4.
Baḥru-l-asmār, the,—or the Sea of
Tales,— name of a book, 415 and
n 2, 416.
Bairām Khān, the Khān Khānān, 1,
2, 3, 4, 7 n 5, 36, 41, 49 n 4, 216, 241
n 2, 243. See also under the Khān
Khānān and Muḥammad Bairām
Khān Turkomān.
Bait-ullāh,—the sacred mosque of
Mecca, 40 n 2.
Bajaunah, town of, 250. See also
under Bajūnah.
Bajhōrah, town of, 196 and n 3.
Bajūnah, town of, 183. See also un-
der Bajaunah.
Bajūr, district of, 401.
Bajwāra or Bajwārah,—a town in the
neighbourhood of the River Satlaj,
10, 51.
Bāk'hōr, town of, 242.
Bakhshī, office of,—the third of the
four highest officers of the empire,
70 n 4, 410, 412.
Bakkar, town of, 4, 93, 138, 179, 189,
207, 214, 224, 226, 287, 308, 309,
330, 359, 370, 379, 386. See also
under Bhakkar.
Bakkar-ites, the, 138.
Balbhūnd, the,—a river, 185.
Bāliyānah, village of, 168.
Balkh, 90, 217, 253, 362.
Balochīs, the. See under the Balūchīs.
Balqīs,—the Queen of Sheba, 12 and
n 8.
Balūchīs, the, 360, 364.
Balūchistān, 386.
Banāras or Banaros, 27, 103, 104, 179,
185, 418, 419, 420.
Bangālah, 417. See also under Bengāl.
Bāngarmou, town of, 141.
Bangash,—a district in the province
of Kaṛmān, 368.
Banjārah, signification of the term,
240 n 3.
Banjārās, the,—the caste of grain
merchants, 240 and n 3. See also
the next.
Banjārs, the,—carriers of grain, 182.
See also the above.
Banj'hū, Shaikh,—a musician and
disciple of Shaikh Adhan, 273.
Bāns Barēlī, town of, 156, 257.
Bānswāla or Bānswālah, town of, 249,
250.
Bāqī Khān, brother of Buzurg Adham
Khān, and son of Māhum Ankah,
Akbar's nurse, 59. See the next;
see also under Muḥammad Bāqī
Khān.
Bāqī Muḥammad Khān, 83. See the
above.
Bāqī Qāqshāl,—Governor of Kābul,
72, 90.
Bārah Mūlah,—a town on the confines
of Kashmīr, 398.
Baran, town of, 65.
Barār. See under Berār.
Bardwān, 196 and n 2.
Baree, Doāb of,—between the Ravee
and the Garra, in the Panjāb, 304
n 5.
Barelī, district of, 109.
Bārī, town of, 105.
Barj 'Alī,—a servant of the Khān
Zamān, 16.
Barmak family, the, 288 and n 1.
Barnagar,—a town in the district of
Rānā Udai Singh, 173 n 1.
Barōdah, district and town of, 68,
145, 146, 147, 257, 339, 340, 342,
344, 371, 373.
Basakhwān, town of, 254, 295.
Basantpūr, town of, 223, 224.
Basāwar, town of, 25, 26, 51, 63, 105,
168, 243, 250 and n 2, 259, 262, 276,
305 and n 4, 379, 380.
Baṣrah, town of, 333 n 4, 374 n 4.
Baṭḥā, name of the valley of Makkah,
324.
Bāyazīd, son of Sulaimān Kararānī,
the Afghān, ruler of Bengal, 167,
176.
Bāz Bahādur Khān, son of Suzāwal,
Shujāwal or Shujā' Khān Afghān,
Governor of Mālwah, 29, 42, 43, 47,
48.
Bāz Bahādur, son of Sharīf Muḥam-
mad Khān Atgah,—a military com-
mander, 256.
Bēd-i-Majnūn,—explanation of the
word, 398.
Bēg Nūrīn Khān,—one of the military
Amīrs, 82, 157, 424.
Bēgum, Imperial,—Chief wife of the
Emperor Akbar, 261, 307.
Bēgum Māh Jūjak. See under Māh
Jūjak Bēgum.
Behat, the,—the Jelum,—one of the
five rivers of the Panjāb, 359 and
n 2, 364, 398 and n 4. See also
under the Jelum.
Behra, town of, 92, 93.
Behronch. See under Bahroṇch.
Behut, the. See under the Behat.
Belfour's Translation of 'Alī Hazin,
35 n 3, 402 n 6 [see page xiii].
Benāres. See under Banāras.
Bengāl, 6 n 1, 12 and n 4, 18, 77 and n
1, 166, 174, 175, 176, 185, 195, 199,
200, 203, 220, 222, 249, 255, 275,
277, 278, 285, 287, 288, 289, 290,
293, 309, 320, 333, 368, 375, 399,
400.
Berār, district of, 354, 372, 373.
Bhagawan Dās, or
Bhagvān Dās, or
Bhagvant Dās, Rājah. See under
Rājah Bhagwān Dās.
Bhagwān Dās, the treasurer, 291.
Bhakkar, town of, 252. See also
under Bakkar.
Bhambar, town of, 396. See also
under Bhimbar.
Bhat'h, country of, 124.
Bhāwan, Shaikh,—a learned Brahman
from the Dakhin, 216, 424.
B'hekan, Shāh,—a Muḥammadan
saint, 342.
Bhīkan Basāwarī, Ḥājī, 25.
Bhimbar, town of, 381. See also
under Bhambar.
Bhoj, son of Rāī Surjan, the Gover-
nor of Chītor, 111.
Bhojpūr, parganna of, 95, 96, 97, 182.
Bhongoun, town of, 187.
Bhroj, town of, 110, 145, 146.
Bhunpat, son of Rājah Bhagvant Dās,
of Lāhor, 147 and n 1.
Bhuvan-patĩ,—signification of the
word, 147 n 1.
Bibliothèque Orientale, of D'Her-
belot, 266 n 1.
Bīdar, city of, 60.
Bidhī Chand, son of Jai Chand, the
Governor of Nagarkot, 165, 166.
Bihār, province of, 79, 159 n 1, 177
[see page v], 235, 244, 274, 285,
289, 290, 292, 320, 365, 375.
Bihārī Mall, Rājah,—Governor of the
Rājpūt State of Ambēr, 146 n 2.
See also under Pahārah Mall.
Bihāu-d-dīn. See under Bahāu-d-dīn.
Bīhrah, town of, 261 [see page ix].
Bījāgaṛh,—a fortress in Burhānpūr,
46, 276, 425.
Bījānagar, fortress of, 425. See the
above.
Bījāpūr,—a town in the Dak'hin, 257
n 2, 390, 425.
Bijlī Khān,—adopted son of Pahāṛ
Khān Sarwānī, 124 [see page iv].
Bijor,—a district of Afghānistān, 360.
Bīkānīr, State of, 33, 34, 137, 144.
Bikramājīt, title assumed by Hēmun
Baqqāl, 7. See under Hēmun.
Bikramājīt, title of Sarhor Hindī
Bengālī, 184 and n 2. See under
Sarhor Hindī Bengālī.
Bikramājīt, or Vikramaditya, the
Great Rājah of Hindūstān, 7, 186,
368.
Bīlan,—signification of the word, 348
and n 9.
Bīnāī, Shaikh,—the Physician of the
Imperial Court, 224.
Biography of the Poets, the,—of Mīr
'Alāu-d-daulah Qazwīnī, 108.
Bīrbar or Bīr Bar, Rājah, 159, 164,
165, 214, 268, 282, 297, 312, 322,
326, 345, 361, 362, 368, 369, 400.
See under Gadāī Brahmadās and
Vīra-vara.
Bīr Bīr, Rājah, 312. See under Bīr-
[bar, Rājah.
Bishn, or Vishnū, 265.
Bisti, or water-carrier,—origin of the
word, 242 n 4.
Biyāh, the,—one of the five rivers of
the Panjāb, 34 n 5, 38, 159, 161, 304
n 7.
Biyāna or Biyānah, fortress of, 4, 6,
21, 22, 25, 32, 105, 118, 183.
Bīzhan,—one of the heroes of the
Shāhnāmah, 47 and n 4.
Black Stone, the,—the Ḥajar-ul-aswad
of al-Ka'bah, 40 n 2.
Bland, Mr., 302 n 3.
Blochmann, 2 n 3, 7 n 5, 12 n 9, 23 and
n 4, 24 nn 2 and 3, 29 n 3, 33 n 1,
35 n 1, 42 n 4, 49 n 4, 54 n 1, 63 n 4,
64 n 5, 65 nn 3 and 5, 70 n 4, 72 n 3,
77 n 1, 79 n 1, 80 n 1, 82 n 2, 85 n 3,
93 n 1, 95 n 3, 148 n 1, 151 n 1, 154 n
3, 155 n 1, 159 n 1, 176 n 3, 190 n 2,
193 n 1, 194 n 1, 195 n 4, 196 nn 1
and 2, 205 n 1, 206 nn 3 and 5, 207
n 5, 212 n 1, 214 n 1, 218 n 1, 219 n
2, 223 n 1, 233 n 3, 239 n 6, 241 n 2,
244 n 4, 246 n 2, 247 n 2 [see page
ix], 254 nn 2 and 3, 276 n 2, 280 n 2,
282 n 4, 290 nn 1 and 2, 301 nn 2, 3
and 7, 308 n 2, 312 n 1, 314 nn 2
and 4, 315 n 1, 316 n 1, 317 n 3, 318
n 3, 320 n 1, 324 n 1, 332 n 4, 333 nn
1 and 3, 334 n 4, 337 n 1, 338 n 2,
340 n 3, 346 n 5, 348 nn 1 and 5, 349
n 2, 354 n 4, 355 nn 3 and 6, 368 n 3,
376 n 6, 377 n 1, 382 n 5, 388 n 1,
391 n 1, 394 n 4, 402 n 7, 405 n 1,
406 n 1, 407 n 3, 408 n 2, 409 nn 1,
2 and 4, 413 n 3, 418 nn 1 and 2,
420 n 4, 424, 425, 426.
Bokhāra. See under Bukhārā.
Bombay, 249 n 3.
Borchīn, town of, 196.
Bozrah, 20 and n 1, and error for the
town of Baṣrāh.
Brahma, Chief God of the Hindūs, 265.
Brahmans of Hind, the, 85, 164, 165,
216, 264, 269, 336, 368.
Brahmins, the. See the Brahmans.
Briggs, 9 n 1, 49 n 4, 60 n 4, 87 n 3,
144 n 5, 151 n 1.
Brinjārah, 240 n 3. Same as Ban-
jārah, which see.
Brinjarries, the, 240 n 3. Same as
the Banjārās, which see.
Bu-'alī or Abū 'Alī, name of Ibn-
Sīnā [Avecenna], 382 and n 3.
Budāgh Khān. See under Shāh
Budāgh Khān.
Buhail Khān,—name of a ghulām of
'Adalī, the Emperor of India, 25
and n 2.
Bukhārā, 172, 174, 278, 324 n 1, 358,
364, 366, 374.
Bu-naçar or Abū Naçr, name of al-
Fāryābī, 382 and n 2.
Burhāmu-l-mulk. See under Bur-
hānu-l-mulk.
Burhāmpūr. See under Burhānpūr.
Burhānu-l-mulk, King of Aḥmad-
nagar, 390, 403 and n 1, 416.
Burhānu-l-mulk,—an assumed name
of a certain impostor, 334.
Burhānpūr, 46, 68, 251, 257, 354, 372,
390.
Burton's Pilgrimage to El Medīnah
and Meccah, 121 n 2, 129 n 4, 134
n 2, 139 n 2, 246 n 5.
Butrīyah,—name of a Muḥammadan
sect, 425.
Buturāb, or Abū Turāb,—title of 'Alī,
son of Abi Ṭālib, 374 and n 2.
Buzurg Adham Khān, son of Māhum
Ankah. See under Adham Khān, 59.

C.

Çabāḥīs, the, 201.
Çabūḥī,—a poet, 189.
Çādiq Khān. See under Çādiq Mu-
ḥammad Khān and Muḥammad
Çādiq Khān.
Çādiq Muḥammad Khān,—one of the
Great Amīrs and commanders, 29,
43, 56, 57, 58, 110, 148, 169, 224,
290, 292, 320, 359, 369, 370, 390.
See also under Muḥammad Çādiq
Khān.
Çadīqah [Çiddīqah?],—another name
of 'Āishah, the wife of Muḥammad,
349 and n 4.
Çadr, the,—the fourth officer of the
empire and the highest law officer,
22 and n 4, 48, 70 and n 4, 270.
Çadr Jahān,—the muftī of the em-
pire, 278, 305, 383, 389, 414, 415,
418.
Çadru-d-dīn Lāhorī,—Qāzī of Bah-
roṇch in Gujrāt, 276, 285.
Çadru-d-dīn Sambhalī, Qāzī, 291.
Çafālī, Mīr Sayyid,—one of the per-
sonages of Bhakkar, 252.
Çafarāni,—the two first months of the
Muslim year, 260 n 5.
Çaff-shikan, signification of the word,
84 and n 2.
Çaḥābah, the,—the Companions of
Muḥammad the Prophet, 214 and
n 2, 215.
Çāḥib-i-Qirān, or the Fortunate,—
title of Taimur [Tamerlane], 87 n 1.
Çāḥib-i-Zamān, or Lord of the Age,
—title of the Mahdī who shall
appear at the end of the world,
295.
Cairo,—the metropolis of Egypt, 43
n 3.
Cajīti, Rājah, 244 n 4, for Rājah
Gujpatī, a zamīndār of Ḥājīpūr
and Patna, which see.
Çalābat Khān,—Vazīr of Nizāmu-l-
Mulk, the King of Aḥmadnagar,
354.
Calcutta, 22 n 5, 49 n 4.
Çāliḥ Da'ī, Mīr,—a holder of Jāgīrs
in Bengāl, 333.
Cambay [Kambhāyat], town of, 145,
146, 167 n 3, 249, 256 and n 2, 341,
344.
Canouj, town of, 27 n 1. See also
under Kanouj and Qannouj.
Caspian Sea, the, 214, 254 n 2.
Catalogue of MSS. in library of King
of Oudh, Sprenger's, 30 n 1, 108
n 2, 112 n 1, 280 n 2.
Cathay, [Khiṭā],—name of Northern
China, 335, 405 and n 2.
Chaghatāi Dictionary, the,—Calcutta
edition, 49 n 4.
Chaghatāi language, the, 23 n 4, 48
n 4.
Chaghatāi Khān,—one of the Amīrs
of Akbar, 25.
Chaghatāis, the, 43 n 1, 44 n 5, 195
n 1, 220.
Chaghtāi or Chagtāi, the. See the
above.
Chaharbāgh, town of, 91.
Chakks, the,—a well-known tribe
and the dominant one in Kashmīr,
3.
Chamārī, village of, 166. See under
Chamyārī.
Chāmpānīr, fortress of,—in Gujrāt,
110, 173, 370.
Chamyārī, a place in the neighbour-
hood of Lāhor, 10. See under
Chamārī.
Chanab, the. See under the Chenāb.
Chandar Sen, son of Maldēo, ruler of
Marwār, 137, 188.
Chandarsīn. See the above.
Chandērī, town of, 151.
Chandi,—a sacred book of the Hin-
dūs, 271 n 1.
Chandogh,—Turkī name of a kind of
stores, 39.
Changīz Khān. See under Chingīz
Khān.
Chānildah, Shaikh, an inhabitant of
the town of Sīwahnah, 294. See
Shaikh Chāyan Ladah.
Chanpānīr. See under Champānīr.
Chappar-band houses, 185.
Chaucer's Canterbury Tales, 296 n 1.
Chāyan Ladah, Shaikh,—of Sīhnah,
386. See Shaikh Chānīldah.
Chelah,—name given to a number of
disciples of Akbar's new religion,
336.
Chenab, the,—one of the five rivers
of the Panjāb, 304 n 5, 359, 394,
396.
Chingīz Khān,—the Great Mughūl
emperor, 46, 59 n 6, 93 n 1, 328.
Chingīz Khān,—successor of Sulṭān
Muḥammad in the government of
Gujrāt, 67, 68, 105, 110, 147, 151
and n 2.
Chishtī, Khwājah Mu'īnu-d-dīn. See
under Mu'īnu-d-dīn Chishtī.
Chishtī, Shaikhu-l-Islām or Shaikh
Islām or Shaikh Salīm Fatḥpūrī,—
one of the Great Shaikhs of Hind,
73, 112, 124, 136, 139, 140, 157,
201, 202, 204, 215, 358, 423, 424.
Chītor,—a fortress in Mālwah, 26,
48, 105, 107, 108, 111, 124, 239, 416.
Chobān or Chūbān Mīr,—Wazīr of
Sulṭān Abū Sa'īd Moghūl, 31, 60.
Chogān or Chougān,—a game resemb-
ling Polo, 86, 235 and n 7.
Chorāgaṛh, fortress of, 345. See
also under Chourā-gaṛh and Choura-
gaḍh.
Choubālah,—one of the fords of the
Ganges, 158.
Chougān. See under Chogān.
Choukandī, 150.
Chourā-gaḍh, fortress of,—the capital
of the district of Gaḍha-Katangah,
65, 66, 78. See also under the next.
Chourā-gaṛh, fortress of, 78 n 2, 86.
See also under Chorāgaṛh and
Chourā-gaḍh.
Chūbān or Chobān, Amīr, 31. See
under Chobān.
Chūnāgaṛ or Chūnāgaṛh, the capital
of Sūrat, 145, 370, 371. See also
under Jūnāgaṛh.
Chunāṛ, fortress of, 26 and n 3, 27,
28, 84, 104. See also Chunhār.
Chunāṛ hill, the, 28.
Chunhār, fortress of, 44, 62. See also
Chunāṛ.
Çiffīn,—famous scene of a battle
between 'Alī and Mu'āwiyah, 318.
Circassia, 352.
Çloka [Couplet], 347 n 1.
Code of the Changīz Khān, the, 46
and n 3, 59 n 6.
Colgong [K'halgāṇw], town of, 244
[n 2.
Companions of the Prophet, 318.
See under the Çaḥābah.
Constantinople, 175, 282.
Corah of Scripture [Qārūn], 66 n 3.
See under Qārūn.
Cossaks, the,—derivation of the word,
43 n 2.
Court of Persia, Kitto's, 1 n 3.
Cowley, the Poet, 296 n 1.
Crœsns, King of Lydia, 66 n 2.
Çūbahs, the,—the divisions of Akbar's
empire, 290 n 2.
Çuffah,—signification of the word,
129 and n 4.
Çūfī Aḥmad,—musician of Masnad-i-
Çād of Dihlī, 418, 419. See also
under Aḥmad Suflī.
Çūrat, town of, 249. See also under
Sūrat.
Cuttack,—the capital of Orissa, 198
n 5, 199 n 1.

D.

Dāgh-u-mahall,—custom and rule of,
193, 209, 288, 289, 406.
Dahmīrī, district and town of, 2, 10,
165.
Dāīr, village of, 174.
Dākhilīs, 194.
Dak'hin, the, 167, 169, 174, 216, 253,
256, 257, 260, 276, 286, 322, 323,
325, 327, 332, 334, 354, 358, 372,
373, 384, 389, 402, 416, 424. See
also under the Dakkan.
Dak'hinīs, the, 372, 373.
Dakkan, the, 60, 68, 78 n 2, 87, 148,
152. See also under the Dak'hin.
Dak'kin, the. See under Dak'hin and
Dakkan.
Damascus, 287.
Damashq Khwājah, son of Mīr Cho-
bān, the Wazīr of Sulṭān Abū Sa'īd
Moghūl, 60.
Damtūr, name of a halting-place, 382.
Dandūqah, town of, 173.
Dāniyāl, Prince, son of the Emperor
Akbar, 143, 144, 297, 299, 352, 391
n 2, 397, 403.
Dāniyāl, Shaikh,—a holy man of
Ajmīr, 143, 144.
Darah,—town of, 236, 239.
Darbār Khān,—one of the Amīrs of
Akbar, 80, 81.
Darçana,—signification of the word,
405 n 1.
Darīnkasārī,—name of a place, 195
and n 3. See Dinkasārī.
Daroghah-e-farāshkhānah,—a Court
office, 297.
Darsan,—explanation of the word, 405
n 1.
Darsanniyah, the,—name of certain
disciples of Akbar's religion, 405
and n 1.
Dāru-l-Jullāl [Dāru-l-Jalāl?],—name
of the first Heaven, 73 n 3.
Dāru-l-Qarār,—name of the seventh
Heaven, 74 n.
Dāru-s-Sulām [Dāru-s-Salām?],—
name of the second Heaven, 73
n 3.
Daryā Khān Ābdār,—an officer of
Akbar's Court, 291.
Daryāpūr,—a town on the bank of
the Ganges, 185, 424.
Dastān-i-Sām,—father of Rustam,
the famous hero, 79 and n 3. More
generally called Zāl.
Dā'ūd, son of Sulaimān Kararānī or
Kirarānī, the Afghān, ruler of
Bengal, 167, 177, 178, 180, 183, 184,
185, 186, 187, 188, 194, 195, 196,
197, 198, 199, 200, 220, 232, 235,
244, 245.
Dā'ūd Qādirī Jahnī-wāl, Shaikh,—one
of the greatest Saints of Hind,
159.
Daulat,—a servant of Muzaffar, son
of Sulṭān Maḥmūd Gujrātī, 344.
Daulat Khān,—a servant of the
Emperor Akbar. See under Khwā-
jah Daulat.
Daulat Khān,—a ghulām of Sa'īd
Khān of Multān, 162.
Daulat Khān, son of Amīn Khān
Ghorī,—Governor of Jūnāgaṛh or
Chūnāgaṛh, 384, 392.
Daulat Khān Afghān Lodī,—a ser-
vant of Mīrzā Khān, the Khān
Khānān, 343, 379.
Daulat, Khwājah. See under Khwā-
jah Daulat.
Daulat Nāzir Ghaif Shadīd, Khwājah,
—a servant in the Court of Akbar,
149, 232, 251.
Daulat Nāzīr, Khwājah. See the
above.
David of Scripture, 160, 349.
Deb Chand, Rājah of Manjholī or
Manjholah,—one of the Amīrs of
Akbar, 215, 257.
Debī,—name of a brahman inter-
preter of the Mahābhārata, 265.
De Courteille's Dictionnaire Turk-
oriental, 48 n 4, 74 n 5, 93 n 3, 197 n 2.
Defrémery, C., 46 n 3, 48 n 4, 426.
Dehlī. See under Dihlī.
Dekkan, the. See under the Dakkan.
Demosthenes, 302 n 1.
Deo Dās,—a soldier in the army of
Jaimall, the Rājpūt, 46.
Derwīsh Muḥammad Uzbek,—a ser-
vant of the Imperial Court, 34.
Descriptive Catalogne, Morely's, 397
n 2.
De Sacy, 308 n 3, 413 n 4.
Deuteronomy, the Book of, 47 n 4.
Dhar,—a territory in the province of
Mālwah, 68 n 3.
Dharmpūrah,—a place outside Āgra
for feeding poor Hindūs, 334.
D'Herbelot, Bibliothèque Orientale,
253 n 1, 266 n 1, 401 n 4.
Dholqah,—town of, 338.
Dībalpūr or Dībālpūr, district and
town of, 4, 250, 251, 252. See un-
der Dīpālpūr.
Dictionnaire Turk-oriental, De Cour-
teille, 48 n 4, 74 n 5, 197 n 2.
Dihlī, 1, 5, 6 and nn 2 and 5, 7, 9, 10,
13, 14, 15, 19, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 38
and n 4, 39, 59, 60 and n 5, 87, 92,
94 n 4, 95, 101 and n 6, 103, 109,
110, 124, 127, 135, 144, 147, 151,
154, 155, 157, 158, 185, 187, 188,
212, 259, 261, 284, 300, 305, 306,
358, 374, 386 and n 1, 397, 418, 424.
Dik'hdār,—a parganna in the vicinity
of Jālandhar, 34 and n 5.
Dilfarīb,—a poem written by Sayyid
Shāhī, 114.
Dinkasāri,—name of a place, 195 n 3.
See Darīnkasārī.
Dīpālpūr,—town of, 34. See under
Dībalpūr.
Dissertations, Gladwin's, 381 n 3.
Disuha,—town of, 10.
Dīū, Port of, 401.
Dīvān. See under Dīwān.
Dīwān-i-Ḥāfiz, the, 22 n 5, 24 and n 3,
423.
Dīwān-i-Kul,—the officer who had
under his orders the twelve Dīwāns
of the Çūbahs, 290 and n 2, 296,
298.
Dīwān-i-Sa'ādat,—office of the clerks
of district Çadrs, 22 n 4.
Dīwānah. See under Tīr Khān Dīwā-
nah.
Dīwānkhānah of Lāhor, the, 384.
Doāb, the,—between the Satlaj and
the Biyah, 52, 142, 223, 304 and
nn 5 and 7, 346.
Doāb of Baree,—between the Ravee
and the Garra, in the Panjāb, 304
n 5.
Doāb of Jetch,—between the Jelum
and the Chenāb, in the Panjāb, 304
n 5.
Doāb of Rachna,—between the Che-
nāb and the Ravee, in the Panjāb,
304 n 5.
Doāb of Sind-Sagar,—between the
Indus and the Jelum, in the Pan-
jāb, 304 n 5. See also under the
Sind-Sagar.
Dodā, son of Rāi Surjan,—the Gover-
nor of Chītor, 111.
Domnī, town of,—one of the depen-
dencies of Bhojpūr, 182 n 1.
Don Quixote, 307 n 1.
Dost Muḥammad, son of Tātār Khān
known as Tātārcheh, governor of
Dihlī, 144.
Doulat. See under Daulat.
Dryden, 20 n 2.
Dūāb, the. See under the Doāb.
Duaspah,—one of the divisions of
Aḥadī troopers, 194 and n 2.
Dūlaka,—or
Dūlaqah, town of—in Gujrāt, 173,
256.
Dungarpūr, town of, 249.
Durgāwatī, Rānī,—ruler of the dis-
trict of Gaḍha-Katangah, 65.
Duzānu,—signification of the word,
254.
Dwārkā, town of,—the capital of
Sūrat, 371.

E.

Eastern Proverbs, Roebuck's, 20 n 1,
22 n 3, 28 n 1.
Eden, garden of, 200.
Egypt, 43 n 3, 45 n 3, 397, 419.
Elias, the Prophet, 73. See also the
next.
Elijah the Tishbite, 201 n 4, 379. See
also the above.
Elliot, Sir H., 1 and n 2, 4 n 3, 5 n 4,
7 n 4, 25 nn 2 and 3, 29 nn 2 and 5,
33 n 2, 34 n 3, 35 n 1, 38 n 5, 46 nn 1
and 4, 52 nn 3 and 5, 55 n 4, 57 nn
2 and 4, 58 n 2, 60 n 4, 61 n 3, 65
n 3, 72 n 4, 78 n 2, 79 n 4, 80 n 1, 93
n 2, 94 n 6, 95 n 4, 96 n 2, 97 n 1,
101 n 3, 102 n 5, 106 n 1, 150 n 2, 155
n 1, 156 n 1, 157 n 1, 161 n 1, 166
n 1, 173 n 1, 182 nn 1 and 3, 184 n 1,
195 nn 2 and 3, 196 nn 1 and 3, 240
n 3, 247 n 1, 259 n 1, 293 n 1, 333
n 6, 355 n 6, 425.
Elphinstone, 5 n 6, 27 n 1, 168 n 3, 321
n 3, 334 n 1, 357 n 2.
England, 40 n 1.
Erskine's Bābar, 65 n 1.
Erskine's Humāyūn, 5 nn 4 and 7, 54
n 4, 345 n 2.
Euphorbia, 147 n 2.
Europe, 267, 299.
Exodus, Book of, 47 n 4, 255 n 3.

F.

Fadak,—a hamlet in the vicinity of
al-Madīnah in Arabia, 318.
Faizī of Sarhind,—a poet, 394.
Faizī, Shaikh, son of Shaikh Mubārak
of Nāgor and brother of Shaikh
Abu-l-Fazl 'Allāmī,—King of the
poets, 75, 216, 255, 267, 273, 277,
297, 304, 319, 327, 330, 361, 363,
377, 381, 385, 386, 390, 402 and n 1,
407, 410 and n 5, 420, 421.
Fakhru-d-dīn Mashhadī, Shāh, son of
Mīr Qāsim, a Mūsawī Sayyid of
Mashhad, 95 and n 3.
Fakhru-d-dīn Khān, Shāh,—a Zamīn-
dār of Mālwah, 249.
Fakhrunnisā Bēgum, daughter of
Humāyūn, the Emperor of Hin-
dūstān, 72 n 3.
Farāh,—a town in the territory of
Sijistān, 316 n 1.
Farḥat Khān,—one of the Amīrs of
Akbar, 185, 244.
Farīd Bakhshī, Shaikh. See under
the next.
Farīd Bokhārī, the Bakhshī, Shaikh,
—one of the generals of Akbar,
333, 362, 366, 396, 410, 412.
Farīd, Shaikh,—a Muḥammadan
Saint, 137.
Farīdūn,—an ancient King of Īrān,
164. See also under Afrīdūn.
Farīdūn, son of Mīrzā Muḥammad
Ḥakīm, son of Humāyūn the Em-
peror of Hindūstān, 359.
Farīdūn Khān,—maternal uncle of
Mīrzā Muḥammad Ḥakīm, son of
Humāyūn, 91, 299, 300, 301, 303,
357.
Fārighī, Mīr, brother of Shāh Fatḥ-
ullāh Shīrāzī, 111.
Farmūlī. See under Humāyūn and
Shāh Farmūlī.
Farrāsh-khānah, the,—description of,
402.
Farrukh Dīwānah,—one of the Im-
perial Amīrs, 158.
Farrukh Khān, son of Khān-i-Kalān,
—one of the Imperial Amīrs, 153,
154.
Fāryābī, al-,—a great Arabic Doctor,
382 n 2.
Fatḥ Khān, Master of the Elephants,
and General, 364.
Fatḥ Khān Afghān Tabnī or Tibatī,—
Governor of the fortress of Rohtās,
27, 79, 80, 159 n 1. See Fatḥ Khān
Masnadi 'Ālī.
Fatḥ Khān Bārha,—one of the gener-
als of Dāūd, son of Sulaimān
Kararānī, the ruler of Bengal, 183.
Fatḥ Khān, Masnadi 'Ālī. See under
Fattū Khān and Fatḥ Khān Afghān
Tabnī.
Fatḥpūr, town of, 112, 118, 124, 128,
137, 138, 139, 140, 154, 163, 169,
173, 174, 189, 192, 200, 201, 218,
225, 234, 235, 243, 251, 255, 256,
261, 262, 269, 272, 274, 276, 290,
292, 294, 300, 305, 307, 310, 321,
325, 337, 339, 345, 346, 352, 355,
356, 368, 371, 387, 400. Also called
Fatḥpūr Sīḳṛī.
Fatḥpūr Sīḳṛī, town of, 213 n 1. See
the above.
Fatḥpūrī Chishtī, Shaikhu-l-Islām.
See under Chishtī Shaikhu-l-Islām.
Fatḥullāh Bakhshī, Khwājagī, 323,
372.
Fatḥullāh, Mīr. See under Shāh
Fatḥullāh Shīrāzī.
Fatḥullāh Sharbatī,—one of the Im-
perial Courtiers, 361.
Fatḥullāh of Shīrāz, Mīr Sayyid,—
the Chief Çadr of Hindūstān, 325,
326, 381. See also under Shāh
Fatḥullāh and 'Azdu-d-daulah.
Fatḥullāh Tarīn, Shaikh,—a deputy
of Shaikhu-l-Islām Fatḥpūrī, 157
and n 1, 424.
Fāṭimah, daughter of Muḥammad
the Prophet, 36 n 2, 59 n 4.
Fāṭimah, daughter-in-law of Shaikh
Badah, Lord of Āgra, 59, 60.
Fatū, a ghulām of 'Adalī, the Em-
peror of India,—Governor of the
fortress of Chunāṛ, 28, 62, 159 and
n 1. See also the next.
Fattū Khān or Fatḥ Khān, Masnadi
'Alī, 159 and n 1. Same as the
above.
Fawātiḥu-l-wilāyat, the,—of Mullā
Alim of Kābul, 348 and n 3.
Fazā'il Bēg, the Blind, brother of
Mun'im Khān, the Khān Khānān,
54.
Fazīḥat, Qāzī, 104 and n 1. See un-
der Fazīlat Shērshāhī.
Fāzil Muḥammad Khān, son of Rashīd
Khān-i-Kalān, 168.
Fazīlat Shērshāhī, Qāzī,—commonly
called by the contemptuous name
of Qāzī Fazīḥat, 104 and n 1.
Fazlah,—a name of contempt given
to Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl 'Allāmī, 283.
Fazūlī of Baghdād,—name of a
famous poet, 210.
Ferdusi. See under Fīrdūsī of Ṭūs.
Ferishta. See under Firishta.
Fīrdūsī of Ṭūs,—the celebrated poet,
47 n 4, 317.
Firishta, 5 n 9, 9 n 1, 33 n 2, 49 n 4,
60 n 4, 87 n 3, 144 n 5, 151 n 1.
Fīrozābād, town of,—in the neigh-
bourhood of Āgra, 285.
Fīrozah, Ḥiṣār, 137. See also under
Fīrūzah castle.
Fīrozpūr, parganna of,—in the neigh-
bourhood of Lāhor, 301.
Fīrūzah, castle of, 39. See also
under Fīrozah Ḥiṣār.
Fīrūzah Kābūlī,—a learned Doctor,
[186.
Fitzgerald's Omar Khayyām, 192 n 1.
Four Virtues, the, 312 and n 1.
Fraser, 206 n 2.
Freytag's Proverbs of the Arabs, 333
n 4.
Fuçūçu-l-ḥikam, the,—name of a
book, 266.
Fūlād,—slave of Mīrzā Sharafu-d-dīn
Ḥusain, 60.
Fūlād Bēg Barlās, Mīrzā, 278, 328,
376.

G.

Gadāī 'Alī,—a Turki soldier in Ak-
bar's army, 170.
Gadāī Brahmadās,—a Brahman mu-
sician who rose high in favor with
Akbar and received the title first
of Kab Rāī and then of Rājah
Bīrbar, 164 [see page v]. See Kab
Rāī and Bīrbar.
Gadāī, Shaikh. See under Shaikh
Gadāī Kambōh, son of Jamāl
Kambo-ī.
Gaḍha,—the chief city of Gaḍha-
Katangah, 65, 78 and n 2, 87, 89.
Also called Gaṛha.
Gaḍha-Katangah, country of, 65, 76,
78 and n 2, 86, 230. Also called
Gaṛha-Katangah. See also under
Gondwānah.
Gaḍha Muktēsar or Maktēsar, town
of, 158, 224.
Gajpatī, Rājah,—a zamīndār of Ḥājī-
pūr and Patna, 182 n 3. Also called
Gujpatī and Kachītī, which see.
Ganges, the, 17, 27, 38, 76, 84, 85, 97,
100 n 3, 103, 154, 157, 158, 179, 185,
187, 220, 222, 224, 235, 290, 304,
424.
Gangōh, town of, 70.
Ganj Shakar,—a Muḥammadan saint,
260.
Gantūr or Kator,—district of, 304
n 1.
Garden of Kalānor, in Lahore, 1.
Gaṛha. See under Gaḍha.
Gaṛha Katangah. See under Gaḍha
Katangah.
Garhī, town and fortress of,—in
Bihār, 186, 232, 235, 290, 292.
Garmsīr, the,—country of, 113, 402
and n 6, 416.
Garra, the,—one of the five rivers
of the Panjāb, 304 n 5.
Gasht,—a dependency of the district
of Patna, 298.
Gaur, district and town of,—ancient-
ly called Lak'hnautī, 195, 213, 220,
232, 289, See also under Gour.
Gauriya Bahādur,—a Zamīndār of
Bengal, 333 n 6.
Genesis, Book of, 234 n 1.
George, or Jarkas,—a Rūmī servant
of the Imperial Court, 342 n 3.
Gesū Bakāwal Begī, Mīr, Governor of
Narnoul and then of the fortress
of Bakkar, under Akbar, 58, 138,
189.
G'hakkars, the,—a Hindū tribe, 52
and n 3, 53.
Ghamgīn,—surname of Mīrzā Abu-l-
Qāsim, an Officer of the Army, 196
n 1.
Ghanazfar [Ghazanfar?] Beg,—un-
cle of Ḥusain Khān, the nephew
and son-in-law of Mahdī Qāsim
Khān, 129.
Ghanī Khān, son of Mun'im Khān,
the Khān-Khānān,—at one time
Governor of Kābul, 52, 54.
Ghaus, signification of the term, 200
and n 1. See also under Ghous.
Ghausu-s-saqafain, Shaikh 'Abdu-l-
Qādir Jīlānī, 418.
Ghazal,—signification of the word,
37 n 3.
Ghazālī, Mulā,—a poet of Mashhid
[Mashhad?], 94.
Ghazanfar Beg. See under Ghanaz-
far Beg.
Ghāzī Khān,—title of Qāzī Nizām
Badakhshī, 186, 218. See also under
Ghāzī Khān Badakhshī.
Ghāzī Khān, Prince of the Chakks,
the well-known tribe and the
dominant one in Kashmīr, 3.
Ghāzī Khān Badakhshī, Commander
of a Thousand, 233, 247, 249, 275,
278, 283, 328, 351. Same as Qāzī
Nizām and Qāzī Khān, which see;
see also under Ghāzī Khān.
Ghāzī Khān Sūr,—one of the Amīrs
of Sulṭān Sikandar, the last of the
Afghān rulers of Dihli, 11, 65 n 3.
Ghāzī Khān Sūr,—an Amīr of the
time of Humāyūn, 65 n 3.
Ghāzī Khān Tabrīzi, Shāh,—one of
the Amīrs of Akbar, 233.
Ghāzī Khān Tannūrī, one of the great
Amīrs of 'Adalī, the Afghān
emperor of India, 65 and n 3.
Ghāzīpūr, town of, 84, 104, 179, 412.
Ghaznī. See under Ghaznīn.
Ghaznīn, town of, 5 n 4, 358.
Ghaznīn Khān,—the Governor of
Jālōr, 356.
Ghazzālī, Imām,—a celebrated theo-
logical writer, 267.
Ghiyāsu-d-dīn, Mīr. See under Ghi-
yāsu-d-dīn Naqīb Khān.
Ghiyāsu-d-dīn 'Alī Qazwīnī, Mīrzā,
173. See Ghiyāsu-d-dīn Naqīb
Khān.
Ghiyāsu-d-dīn Mançūr of Shīrāz, Mīr,
—a Doctor of Law and Theology,
325.
Ghiyāsu-d-dīn Naqīb Khān, son of
Mīr 'Abdu-l-Latīf, a Sayfī-Sayyid
of Qazwīn, 24. See Ghiyāsu-d-dīn
'Alī Qazwīnī.
Ghiyāspūr,—a town on the banks of
the Ganges, 185.
Ghiyār, signification of the word, 227
and n 5.
G'horāg'hāt, town of, 194, 195.
Ghorband,—a town on the banks of
the river Ghorband, 90.
Ghorband, the,—a river to the North
of Kābul, 61, 90 and n 1.
G'hrāwalī,—a place one farsang dis-
tant from Āgra, 69.
Gīlān,—a province and a town in
Persia, on the Caspian Sea, 214,
254 and n 2, 273, 276.
Gladwin's Dissertations, &c., 381 n 3.
Glossary, Wilson's, 371 n 2.
Gobind Chand, Rājah,—Governor of
the fortress of Talwārah, 38.
Gog [Yājūj],—tribes of, 189, 424.
Gogandah, district of,—in Rājpūtānā,
144, 239 n 6, 249. Also called Ko-
kandah, which see.
Gokaltāsh,—signification of the word,
49 n 4.
Golah,—a place in the Northern
mountains of India, 130, 140, 142.
See also under Kānt-u-Golah.
Golkandah, State of, 390.
Gonds, the,—a tribe of Hindūs, 78
[n 2.
Gondwānah,—a country of Hindūstān
inhabited by the tribe of Gonds,
78 n 2. Also called Gaṛha-Katan-
gah or Gaḍha-Katangah, which see.
Gorāk'hpūr, town of, 105.
Gosālah Banārasī,—or
Gosālah Khān, of Banāras,—a Shaikh-
zādah and disciple of Akbar's re-
ligion, 418, 419, 420.
Gour, district and town of,—in Ben-
gal, 12 and n 4, 184, 187. See also
under Gaur.
Gowadī, the,—an affluent of the
Ganges, 179 and n 2. Often called
the Gumtī, or Gumatī, which also
see.
Gualyār. See under Gwālyār.
Gūjar Khān Kararānī, Ruknu-d-
Daulah,—General of Dā'ūd Kara-
rānī, ruler of Bengal, 184, 185, 197,
198.
Gujpatī,—a Zamīndār of the neigh-
bourhood of Ḥājīpūr and Patnah,
244 and n 4. Also called Gajpati
and Kachītī.
Gujrāt, 4, 22, 26, 28, 33, 34, 40, 48,
62, 66, 67, 105, 110, 143, 144, 145,
146 and n 1, 147, 149, 151 n 2, 153,
162, 167, 173, 174, 189, 195, 202,
205, 206, 215, 216, 218 and n 1, 222
251, 256, 260, 268, 282, 285, 321,
322, 328, 332 [see page xii], 337,
344, 346, 353, 355, 356, 358, 365,
366, 368, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374,
376, 377, 380, 384, 401.
Gujratees, the. See the next.
Gujrātīs, the, 168, 171, 342.
Gulbadan Bēgum, daughter of Bābar,
the Emperor of Hindustān, 7, 216,
320, 332.
Gul Guz, Pahlawān,—the keeper of
Shāh Abu-l-Ma'ālī of Kāshgar in
his imprisonment, 4.
Gulrūkh Bēgum, daughter of Kam-
rān Mirzā, son of Bābar, and wife
of Ibrāhīm Ḥusain. Mīrzā, son of
Sulṭān Muḥammad Mīrzā, 148, 158
n 1, 256.
Gumatī, the,—or
Gūmtī, the,—an affluent of the Gan-
ges, 82 n 4, 179 n 2. Also called the
Gowadī, which see.
Gowālpāra or Gwālpārah,—a depen-
dency of Bengāl, 195 n 2.
Gurs [Kurus], the,—a great tribe of
Hindūs in ancient times, 94 n 6.
See also under the Kurus.
Guzērāt. See under Gujrāt.
Guzrāt. See under Gujrāt.
Gwālpāra or Gwālpārah,—a depen-
dency of Bengāl, 195 n 2.
Gwālyār, [Gwalior], fort of, 24, 25
and n 2, 29, 68, 71, 74, 122, 165,
195 and n 2, 238, 239, 250, 285,
391.

H.

Habārī, son of Majnūn Khān Qāq-
shāl,—one of the Amīrs of Akbar,
424. Elsewhere called Jabārī, or
Jabbāri, which also see.
Ḥabīb 'Alī Khān,—one of the fol-
lowers of Muḥammad Bairām Khān,
the Khān Khānān, 25, 26.
Ḥabīb, Qāzī,—a zealous Sunnī of
Kashmīr, 128.
Ḥabīb-ullāh, Hājī,—an officer of the
Court of Akbar, 299, 302.
Ḥabsh, Mīr,—or
Ḥabshī, Mīr,—a Shī'ah Doctor of
Law, 201, 262.
Hādī, al-, or the Guide, 259, 266.
Hādī Sadr, Mīr,—a trusty friend of
'Alī Qulī Khān Uzbek, the Khān
Zamān, 83.
Ḥadīs, the Traditions of the Prophet,
207 and n 1.
Ḥāfiz, of Shīrāz,—the famous Per-
sian poet, 22 n 5, 24 n 3, 40, 423,
425.
Ḥāfiz Muḥammad Amīn,—a preacher
of Qandahār and one of the seven
Imāms, or private Chaplains, of
Akbar, 250, 251, 259, 277.
Ḥāfiz Sulṭān Rakhnah of Herāt,—
Governor of Sarhind, 393.
Ḥāfiz Tashkandī,—a disciple of Ra-
shīd Mulā 'Içāmu-d-dīn Asfarāyanī,
190.
Ḥaidar Khān. See under Ḥaidar Mu-
ḥammad Khān.
Ḥaidar, Mīr,—a riddle writer, 248,
273.
Ḥaidar Muḥammad Khān Ākhtah-
bēgī,—Governor of Kābul, 6, 54.
Ḥaidar Qāsim Kōhbar,—Lieutenant
of Mīrzā Muḥammad Ḥakīm, son of
Humāyūn, 57.
Ḥaidar Sulṭān Uzbek-i-Shaibānī,
father of 'Alī Qulī Khān Uzbek,
the Khān Zamān, 84 n 1.
Ḥairatī of Samarqand,—a poet, 210,
280.
Ḥaiwatu-l-Ḥaiwān, [Ḥayātu-l-Ḥaya-
wān], the,—name of a book, 207.
Ḥājī Bēgum,—daughter of the bro-
ther of Humāyūn's mother, 308 and
n 1.
Ḥājī Bhīkan Basāwarī, 25.
Ḥājī Ḥabīb-ullāh. See under Ḥabīb-
ullāh.
Ḥājī Khān,—a Ghulām of 'Adalī, the
Emperor of India, 25 n 3. See the
next.
Ḥājī Khān Alwarī, 6, 26, 40. See
the above.
Ḥājī Mīrzā Bēg Kābulī,—author of
an account of Little Tibet, 388.
Ḥājī Muḥammad,—an Aḥadī soldier
of Akbar, 303.
Ḥājī Muḥammad Khān Sīstānī. See
under Muḥammad Khān Sīstānī.
Ḥājīpūr, town and district of, 58 and
n 1, 177, 178, 182, 183, 184, 232,
244, 274, 290, 293, 297, 320, 345,
350, 375, 412.
Ḥajj, the great Pilgrimage to Mecca,
40 n 2.
Ḥajjī, more commonly spelt Ḥājī.
See under the latter word.
Ḥajr [Ḥajar?]-ul-aswad, the Black
Stone, of the Ka'bah, at Mecca, 40
n 2.
Ḥakīm Abu-l-Fatḥ. See under Abu-l-
Fatḥ of Gīlān, the Çadr of the
Metropolis of Hind.
Ḥakīm Ḥasan. See under Ḥasan of
Gīlān.
Ḥakīm Humām. See under Humām
of Gīlān.
Ḥakīm Humāyūn. See under Hu-
māyūn of Gīlān.
Ḥakīm Nūru-d-dīn Qarārī. See un-
der Nūru-d-dīn of Gīlān.
Ḥakīm Sanāī,—a famous Persian
poet, 123 n 1.
Ḥakīm Sūr Afghān,—one of the
leaders of Rānā Kīkā's army, 236
[see page viii], 239 and n 2.
Ḥakīmu-l-Mulk Shamsu-d-dīn of
Gīlān,—a Doctor of philosophy
and medicine and a Courtier, 254
and n 2, 270, 276, 283, 293, 300.
Hamadānī, Qāzī. See under 'Abdu-l-
Jabbār Hamadānī.
Hamām, Ḥakīm, 383, 388. See under
Ḥakīm Humām of Gīlān.
Ḥāmid Budāonī, grandfather of our
author, 259.
Ḥāmid Bukhārī, Sayyid,—one of the
great Amīrs of the Sulṭāns of Guj-
rāt, 145, 167, 364, 366.
Ḥāmid Gīlānī Qādirī, Shaikh,—a
devotee, 418.
Hamlet, Shakespere's, 164 n 1.
Ham-Māshīaḥ ben Dāvīd, the false
Christ of the Jews, 189 n 2.
Hamzabān, governor of the fort of
Sūrat, in Gujrāt, 147, 149.
Ḥamzah, Amīr,—an uncle of Mu-
ḥammad, called Asad-ullāh “Lion
of God” for his valour, 329, 347
and n 4.
Ḥamzahnāmah, the,—a book in which
the exploits of Ḥamzah, uncle of
Muḥammad, are celebrated, 347 n 4.
Ḥanafīs, the,—one of the four sects
of Sunnī Muslims, 212, 337.
Hāndiyah, town of, 48 and n 3. The
Hindia of the maps. See also
under Hindia.
Hānsī, town of, 260 [see page ix].
Hansū, brother-in-law of Bāyazīd,
son of Sulaimān Kararānī, ruler of
Bengāl, 177.
Harāt, town of, 20 n 3, 38, 48. See
also under Herāt.
Harāwal, town of, 67.
Harī, another name for the city of
Harāt, 375 and n 2.
Harpūr, town of, 195 n 4.
Hārūnu-r-rashīd, the 'Abbāside Kha-
līfah, 288 n 1.
Ḥasam [Ḥasan?] Khān Turkamān,—
governor of the fort of Chunhār,
62.
Ḥasan, an infant son of the Emperor
Akbar, 68.
Ḥasan, son of 'Alī, son of Abi Ṭālib,
the second of the twelve Imāms of
the Shī'ahs, 11 n 4, 36 n 2.
Ḥasan 'Askarī, the eleventh of the
twelve Imāms of the Shī'ahs, 36 n 2
Ḥasan Bēg—one of the Amīrs of
Akbar, 245.
Ḥasan Bēg,—brother of Muḥammad
Ḥusain Khān, the relation of
Mahdī Qāsim Khān, 11.
Ḥasan of Gīlān, Ḥakīm,—a physician
of the Court, 359, 418.
Ḥasan Khān, brother of Fatḥ Khān
Afghān Tibatī, the governor of
Rohtās, 79.
Ḥasan Khān, brother of Shihāb
Khān [Shihābu-d-dīn Aḥmad
Khān], governor of Dihlī, 55, 91.
Ḥasan Khān Bachgotī,—an Afghān
Chief, 18.
Ḥasan Khān Khāzanchī, or the
Treasurer,—an officer of the Court,
77 and n 2.
Ḥasan Khān Panī,—one of the
Amīrs of Akbar, 361.
Ḥasan, Khwājah, 302. See under the
next
Ḥasan Naqshbandī, Khwājah, son of
Khwājah Bahāu-d-dīn Naqshbandī,
72, 89, 90, 91, 302. He married
the sister of Mīrzā Muḥammad
Ḥakīm, son of Humāyūn, and be-
came his absolute Prime-minister
in Kābul.
Ḥasan [Ḥusain?] Qulī Khān, the
Khān Jahān, 188. See under Ḥusain
Qulī Khān, son of Walī Bēg.
Hāshim Bārhah, Sayyid. See under
Hāshim, son of Maḥmūd Bārhah.
Hāshim Fīrozabādī, Sayyid,—a re-
ligious teacher, 294.
Hāshim Khān, brother of Shihābu-d-
dīn Aḥmad Khān, the Governor of
Dihlī and one of the great Amīrs
of Akbar, 181.
Hāshim Khān Nīshapūrī, of Jhosī and
Piyāj, 297.
Hāshim, Mīr,—a jagir-holder of Guj-
rāt, 333.
Hāshim Qandahārī,—a Persian poet,
36, 37.
Hāshim, son of Maḥmūd Bārha, Say-
yid,—one of the Amīrs of Akbar,
224 [see page viii], 233, 236, 237
n 4, 342.
Ḥassan. See under Ḥasan.
Ḥātim Sambhalī, Miyān,—a famous
Moulawī, 294.
Ḥātim Ṭāī,—an Arab famous for his
liberality, 67 n 4.
Hatiyah, town of, 65.
Hatiyapūl (Elephant-bridge) gate, in
Āgrah, 112 and n 3. See also the
next.
Hatyāpūl (Elephant-gate), the, 219
and n 2. See the above.
Hawāy,—name of an elephant of
Hēmun Baqqāl, 8.
Ḥayātu-l-Ḥayawān, the,—name of a
book, 207.
Hazār Shu'ā' (the thousand rays),—
name of a poem, 346.
Hazārah,—a tract of country in the
Hindū Kush, 55 and n 1.
Hazārī, a person holding 1,000 bīghahs
of land, 353.
Ḥazrat 'Alī. See under 'Alī, son of
Abi Ṭālib.
Ḥazrati A'lā, title of Sulaimān Kara-
rānī, the Afghān, ruler of Bengāl,
166.
Hēmun Baqqāl,—makes himself mas-
ter of Dihlī with the title of Bik-
ramājīt, but is defeated and killed,
6, 7, 8, 9.
Herāt, town of, 173, 296, 375 n 2,
393. See also under Harāt.
Herklot's Qanoon-e-Islām, 41 n 2.
Herodotus, 26 n 1, 317 n 2.
Heubach, 236 n 1.
Hidāyah (Guidance),—name of a
book on Muḥammadan Law, [208
and n 1.
Ḥijāz,—Arabia petræa, 32 and n 1,
216, 222, 320.
Ḥijāz Khān Badāūnī,—one of the
Afghān Amīrs and Governor of
Sirhind, 37.
Hillel,—of Talmudic fame, 55 n 5,
287 n 2.
Hind, 7, 68, 70, 73, 85 and n 5, 107,
140, 144, 174, 217, 245, 248, 269,
273, 282, 315, 329, 391, 394. See
also under Hindūstān and India.
Hindia or Hindiah,—a town on the
confines of the Dak'hin, 48 n 3, 87,
88, 372, 416, 417.
Hindū Bēg Moghūl,—one of the
Amīrs of Akbar, 25.
Hindūān, town of, 250 n 3.
Hindū-kash mountains, the, 90 and
n 3. See also the next.
Hindu Kush, the, 5 n 6, 55 n 1. See
also the above.
Hindūn, town of, 250 and n 3.
Hindūs, the, 39, 62, 65 n 1, 94, 95,
107, 116, 159, 164, 165, 192, 208,
213, 216, 226, 239 and n 3, 240,
268, 277, 295, 313, 314, 331, 347,
352, 367, 368, 369, 424, 426.
Hindūstān, 6 and n 1, 7, 18, 22, 28,
32, 38 n 4, 40, 45, 49, 54, 56, 75, 78
n 2, 89, 90, 91, 151, 160, 190, 217,
253, 279, 299, 327, 347, 350, 354,
360, 365, 366, 383, 388, 404, 409.
See also under Hind and India.
Hindustānī Dictionary, Shakespeare's,
18 n 1.
Hindustānīs, the,—Native Musal-
māns, 350.
Ḥīrah, town of,—in 'Irāq, 231 n 2.
Hīrānand,—name of an elephant in
the imperial army, 99.
Hīrāpūr, pass of,—in the mountains
of Kashmīr, 396.
Hirāt. See under Harāt and Herāt.
Ḥisār Fīrozah. See under Fīrozah.
History of British India, Mill and
Wilson's, 240 n 3.
Hormūz, country of, 230.
Hoshang Ghōrī, King of Mālwa,
Sulṭān, 65.
Hoshang-ābād, fortress of, 65.
Houdal, town of, 6.
Hughes' Notes on Muḥammadanism,
36 n 2.
Hūglī, district, 196 n 2.
Humā, a bird of happy omen, 45 and
n 1.
Humām of Gīlān, Ḥakīm, also called
Ḥakīm Humāyūn and Humāyūn
Qulī,—brother of Ḥakīm Abu-l-
Faṭh, 214, 299, 304, 328, 365, 390
[see page xiii], 396, 421. At pp. 383
and 388 this name appeared as
Hamām and at pp. 396 and 421
as Humān.
Humāyūn,—the Emperor of India
and Father of Akbar, 2, 5 and nn 1,
4, 7 and 8, 7 n 5, 54 and nn 2 and 3,
65 n 3, 72 n 3, 95 n 3, 308 n 1.
Humāyūn, Erskine's, 5 nn 4 and 7,
345 n 2.
Humāyūn Farmūlī, son of Shāh
Farmūlī,—called by the title of
Humāyūn Qulī Khān, 291.
Humāyūn, Ḥakīm, 214. See under
Humām of Gīlān.
Humāyūn Qūlī, 214. See under Hu-
mām of Gīlān.
Humāyūn Qūlī Khān, title of Hu-
māyūn Farmūlī, son of Shāh Far-
mūlī, 291.
Ḥusain, an infant son of the Emperor
Akbar, 68.
Ḥusain, son of 'Alī, son of Abi Ṭālib,
the third of the twelve Imāms of
the Shī'ahs, 11 n 4, 36 n 2.
Ḥusain, son of 'Alī, son of Ḥusain,
son of 'Alī, son of Abi Ṭālib, 143.
Ḥusain 'Arab Mālikī, Qāzī,—one of
the Qāzīs of Dihlī, 213.
Ḥusain Bēg Shaikh 'Umrī Badakh-
shī,—collector of the revenues of
Kashmīr, 394 and n 4, 395.
Ḥusain, Ḥājī,—attendant of the
monastery of Shaikh Islām Chishtī,
345.
Ḥusain Jalāīr, Sulṭān, 39.
Ḥusain Khān, governor of Kashmīr,
[128.
Ḥusain Khān, sister's son and son-in-
law of Mahdī Qāsim Khān,—one
of the Amīrs of Akbar, iii, 9, 11,
29, 33, 35, 38, 83, 86, 87, 88, 96,
128, 129, 130, 142, 154, 155, 156,
157, 158, 159, 161, 162, 163, 171,
175, 182, 187, 222, 223, 224, 226
and n 4, 227 n 1, 238. Same as
Muḥammad Ḥusain Khān, which
also see.
Ḥusain Khān, a relative of Shihāb
Khān [Shihābu-d-Dīn Aḥmad
Khān], 34.
Ḥusain Khān, son of Walī Bēg, 38.
See under Ḥusain Qulī Khān.
Ḥusain Khang-sawār, Mīr Sayyid,—
a Muḥammadan saint buried in
Ajmīr, 143.
Ḥusain of Khwārizm, Shaikh,—a
great Theological Doctor, 253.
Ḥusain Maibazī, Mīr Qāzī, 261.
Ḥusain Marwī, Khwājah,—a poet,
124, 127, 136.
Ḥusain Mīrzā, Sulṭān, King of Khurā-
sān, 87 and n 2. See the next.
Ḥusain Mīrzā, Sulṭān, son of Bahrām
Mīrzā, son of Ismā'īl Çafawī, 402.
See the above.
Ḥusain Qazwīnī, Qāzī,—governor of
the State of the Sawālik mountain-
district, on the part of Akbar, 412.
Ḥusain Qulī Khān, the Khān Jahān,
son of Walī Bēg Zu-l-Qadr,—one
of the Amīrs of Akbar, 33, 38, 56,
57, 58 and n 2, 106, 109, 111, 137,
159, 161, 163, 164, 165, 166, 168,
188, 235 n 5.
Ḥusain, Shaikh, grandson of Khwā-
jah Mu'īnu-d-dīn Chishtī of Ajmīr,
309.
Ḥusainī, 'Ārif Çafavī, 68.
Ḥusayn. See under Ḥusain.
Husn Abdāl,—name of a place, 382.
Hydaspes, the,—the river Jellum or
Bahat, 178 n 2, 398 n 4.

I.

'Ibādat-Khānah, the,—a building
constructed by Akbar in Fatḥpūr,
a suburb of Āgra, 200, 203, 204,
215, 219, 262, 294.
Ibn Abī Lailā,—a Mujtahid or Doctor
of the Law, 211.
Ibn Adham,—a Muḥammadan Saint,
401 and n 4.
Ibn 'Arabī, Shaikh,—a celebrated
Theological Doctor, 265, 286.
Ibn Batuta, Lee's Translation of the
Travels of, 90 n 3.
Ibn Mūsā Rizā, the eighth of the
twelve Imāms of the Shī'ahs, 35
and n 3.
Ibn Sīna, [Avecenna], 382 n 3.
Ibrāhīm Chishtī, Shaikh,—of Fatḥ-
pūr-Sīkrī, one of the Amīrs of
Akbar, 236, 237, 300 [see page xi],
320, 352, 387.
Ibrāhīm Ḥusain Aḥadī, Khwājah, 408
Ibrāhīm Ḥusain Mīrzā, son of Sulṭān
Muḥammad Mīrzā,—a descendant
on his father's side from Taimūr,
the Fortunate, 87 and n 1, 93, 145,
146, 147, 148, 151, 153, 154, 156 and
n 1, 161-164, 166, 256.
Ibrāhīm Khān, son of Rājah 'Alī
Khān, of Burhānpūr, 354.
Ibrāhīm Khān Uzbek, uncle of the
Khān Zamān, 'Alī Qulī Khān Shai-
banī, 44, 75, 76 and n 1, 81, 82, 83.
Ibrāhīm, Mīrzā, 153. See under
Ibrāhīm Ḥusain Mīrzā.
Ibrāhīm, Mīrzā, son of Mīrzā Sulai-
mān, Governor of Badakhshān, 5
and n 3, 217.
Ibrāhīm Sarhindī. See under Ibrā-
hīm Sirhindī.
Ibrāhīm Sīkrī Wāl, Shaikh,—one of
the governors of Akbar, 185.
Ibrāhīm Sirhindī, Ḥājī,—one of the
'Ulamā of the Court and for some
time Çadr of Gujrāt, 175, 190, 191,
205, 212, 213, 214, 216, 285, 286,
322, 328.
Ibrāhīm Sūr, 345.
Içfahān, town of, 128. See also under
Ispahān.
Idaṛ, town of, 144, 167, 173, 249, 251.
Iḥrām, signification of the term, 41
and n 1, 121 and n 2.
Ijmā', signification of the term, 267
n 1.
Ikhlāç, name of a Sūra in the Qur'ān,
23 and n 6.
Ikhtiyāru-l-Mulk, the Abyssinian,—
one of the Amīrs of Gujrāt, 145,
152, 167, 168, 169, 171, 172.
Ikhtiyāru-l-Mulk Gujrātī, 167. See
the above.
Ilāhābād. See under Illāhābād.
Ilāhdād of Amrohah, Mullā,—Çadr
of the Doab of Sindsagar, in the
Panjāb, 284, 304, 346, 355, 358.
Ilāhdād Nabawī of Sulṭānpūr, Mullā,
—Çadr of the Doab of Jetch, in
the Panjāb, 304.
Ilāhī era of Akbar, the, 175 n 1, 384
n 4, 397 n 4.
Ilāhīs, the,—name of a sect of
Shaikhs, who called themselves
‘Disciples,’ 308.
Ilhābās, town of, 124. See under
Illāhābās.
Ilichpūr, town of, 373.
Illāhābād [Allahabad], 179, 344, 345,
346, 351. See also under Alāhābād.
Illāhābās (the modern Allahabad),
179. See also the above.
Iltimās Qāzī Fatḥpūrī, a learned Doc-
tor of Akbar's time, 309.
Ilyās Khān, the Afghān,—Governor
of Karah, 297.
'Imādu-d-dīn, the krorī,—an atten-
dant of Quṭbu-d-dīn Muḥam-
mad Khān Atgah, 341 [see page
xii].
Imām Rizā. See under Rizā.
Imām-i-'ādil, or Just Ruler,—his
authority on points of law, 278,
279.
'Imrān, name of the father of the
Virgin Mary according to the
Qur'ān, 59 n 4.
India, 5 nn 7 and 8, 6 n 1, 22, 24, 27
n 1, 28, 54 n 2, 65 n 1, 90 n 3, 95 n 3,
102, 108 n 2, 113, 207, 224, 240 n 3,
242 n 4, 261, 266, 282, 307 n 1, 336,
352, 398, 402 n 6, 410, 413, 414,
419, 421 and n 3. See also under
Hind and Hindūstān.
India, Elphinstone's, 22 n 4.
Indian Antiquaries, Princep's, 367 n 3.
Indus, the, 90 n 5, 207, 217, 218, 299,
301, 302, 304 n 5, 350, 351, 362,
379 [see page xiii].
Insān-i-Kāmil, or the Perfect Man,—
an expression applied to Akbar, 266.
Inst. ling. pers., Vuller's, 405 n 3.
Īrān,—Persia as called by the Per-
sians, 24 n 2, 298.
'Irāq, 11 n 4, 24, 102, 189 n 2, 190,
222, 231 n 2, 248, 253, 313, 315, 327,
407.
'Irāqī horses, 230 [see page viii].
Irshād-i-Qāzī,—name of a book, 294.
'Īsā [Jesus], 191 and n 1.
'Īsā, river of, 333. See under Nahr-
u-'Īsā.
'Īsā Khān, the Zamīndār of Oṛisā,
292, 333 and n 3, 417.
'Īsā Khān Niyāzī, generally known
as Shujā'at,—one of the great
Amīrs of the Afghāns, 181.
'Īsā Tarkhān, Mīrzā, ruler of Tattah,
138.
Isaiah, Book of, 311 n 4.
Isḥāq Kākawī, Shaikh,—a holy and
God-fearing sage, 304.
Iskandar Bēg,—a relative of Ḥusain
Qūlī Khān, 56 and n 2, 58 and n 4.
Iskandar Khān, the Uzbek,—one of
the great Amīrs of Akbar, 6, 8, 75,
76, 80, 81, 82, 84, 85, 94, 104, 138,
139. See also under Sikandar.
Iskandarpūr, town of, 187.
Islām Chishtī, Shaikh. See under
Chishtī, Shaikhu-l-Islām.
Islām Shāh, Sūr,—of the Afghān
dynasty of Dihlī, 25 n 1. Various-
ly called Aslīm, Islīm and Salīm
Shāh, which see.
Islem Chishtī, Shaikh. See under
Chishtī, Shaikhu-l-Islām.
Islīm Shāh, Sūr,—of the Afghān
dynasty of Dihlī, 15, 77, 176, 274
294 Variously called Aslīm, Is-
lām and Salīm Shāh, which see.
Ismā'īl 'Aṭā-ī Mu'ammā-ī, Mullā.—
disciple of Shaikh Muḥammad
Ghous, 62.
Ismā'īl Çafawī,—Fonnder of the
Çafawī dynasty in Persia, 402.
Ismā'īl Khān Ābdār, surnamed Khān
Khānān,—one of the Amīrs of
Dāūd, son of Sulaimān Karārānī,
the Afghān, ruler of Bengāl,
198.
Ismā'īl, Khwājah,—grandson of
Shaikh Islām Chishtī, 358
Ismā'īl Qulī Khān, son of Walī Bēg
Zu'l Qadr,—one of the great Amīrs
of Akbar and brother of Ḥusain
Qulī Khān, 33, 35, 38, 56, 58 and
n 3, 109, 159, 275, 297, 360, 364,
376, 391, 401.
Ismā'īl II, Shāh of Persia, son of
Shāh Ṭahmāsp, 246. See also
under Shāh Ismā'īl II.
Ispahān, City of, 375. See also under
Içfahān.
Israel of Scripture, 262 n 3.
Israelites, the, 206.
Istiqbāl, explanation of the term, 339
and n 1.
I'timād Khān, chief eunuch of Aslīm
Shāh Sūr, of the Afghān dynasty of
Dihlī, 63, 64, 68.
I'timād Khān, a Ghulām of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd Gujrātī,—governor of
Gujrāt under Akbar, 145, 173, 205,
251, 258, 320, 332, 337, 338 and n 3,
340, 343.
I'timād Khān, Khwājah Sarāi,—an
officer of Akbar's army, 179.

J.

Jabalpūr, 65 n 5.
Jabārī, or
Jabbārī, son of Majnūn Khān Qāqshāl,
—one of the Amīrs of Akbar, 291,
424. See also under Habārī.
Jacob of Scripture, 262 n 3, 353 n 3.
Ja'far Bēg, the Āçaf Khān Bakhshī,
—one of the Court officers of
Akbar, and nephew of Mīrzā Ghi-
yāsu-d-dīn 'Alī Qazwīnī, the Āçaf
Khān Sānī, 393, 409 n 4. See also
under Mīrzā Ja'far and Āçaf Khān
Sālis.
Ja'far Çādiq, the sixth of the twelve
Imāms of the Shī'ahs, 36 n 2, 108
and n 1.
Ja'far Khān, son of Qazāq Khān,—
one of the Amīrs of the Panjāb,
165.
Ja'far, Mīrzā, 322, 328. Same as
Ja'far Bēg, which see. See also
under Āçaf Khān Sālis.
Ja'far Sādiq, Imām. See under Ja'far
Çādiq.
Ja'fir. See under Ja'far.
Jafrdān, 295.
Jaganāth,—a Court officer of Akbar
and a Zamīndār of Mālwah, 249.
Jaganāt'h, the Hindū god, 166.
Jagannāth, town of, 177.
Jāgīr lands,—definition of, 23 n 4.
Jahānābād,—a parganna of the Hūglī
district, 196 n 2.
Jahāngīr,—title assumed by Prince
Salīm, son of Akbar, on his acces-
sion to the throne of Delhi, 320
n 2, 390 nn 1 and 2.
Jahjar Khān, or Jahjār Khān, the
Ḥabshī [Abyssinian], one of the
Amīrs of Gujrāt, 110, 145, 151, 168.
At p. 145 this name appeared as
Jajhār Khān
Jahnī, town of, 159.
Jai Chand, Rājah, Commandant of
the fortress of Nagarkot, under
Akbar, 164, 166.
Jaimal of Chītōr, 239. Same as the
next, which see.
Jaimal Rāī,—one of the Rāīs of Rānā
Udai Sing and governor of the
fortress of Chīṭor, 105, 107, 239.
See also the next.
Jaimall Rājpūt, 46. Same as Jaimal
Rāī, which see.
Jaipūr or Ambēr, a Rājpūt State, 45.
n 8, 242 n 2.
Jaisalmīr, town of. See under Jasal-
[mīr.
Jajhār Khān,—one of the Amīrs of
Gujrāt. See under Jahjar Khān
the Ḥabshī.
Jakmāl,—brother of the Rānā of
Sārohī, 337.
Jalāīr, name of a Chaghtāī tribe, 44
n 5.
Jalāl Khān Qūrchī or Qurchī,—one of
the Amīrs and privy counsellors of
Akbar, 189, 204, 345.
Jalāl Multānī, Qāzī. See under Jalālu-
d-dīn of Multān.
Jalāl Mutawakkil, Mīr Sayyid,—a
religious leader, 114, 121.
Jalāl of T'hānēsar, Shaikh,—one of
the Muḥammadan Saints of Hind,
322.
Jalālābād, town of, 55 and n 3, 72, 90,
302, 303, 304. Known of old by
the name of Jusāī.
Jalālah, son of Roshanāī, a Hindūstānī
soldier who made himself a religious
teacher and set up an heretical
sect, 360, 368 n 1, 363, 401.
Jalālah Roshanāī or Roushanāī. See
the above.
Jalālah Tārīkī, 368. Same as the
above, the word Tārīkī or ‘man of
darkness,’ being used for Roshanāī
or ‘bright.’
Jalālī era, the, 260
Jalālu-d-dīn Muḥammad Akbar Pād-
shāh, 1, 382. See under Akbar.
Jalālu-d-dīn of Multān, Maulānā,
Qāzī-l-Quzāt of the empire of Hind,
104, 213, 215, 278, 323.
Jalālu-d-dīn Sūr, the Afghān, ruler of
G'horāg'hāt, 195.
Jālandhar, town of, 5, 10, 13, 34 and
n 5, 38 n 3.
Jalēsah, parganna of, 155 and n 1.
Jalesar, town of, 155 n 1, 308.
Jallāl-ābād. See under Jalālābād.
Jallālah, the Roshanāī, 401. See
under Jalālah.
Jālōr, town of, 57 n 4, 58, 340, 342,
356.
Jālwar, town of, 56, 372. See the
above.
Jām, the,—the Hindū ruler of Sūrat
and Jūnāgaṛh, 355, 370, 371, 384,
385, 392, 400. This Jām was called
Satr Sāl or Satarsāl.
Jām Satr Sāl. See the above.
Jamāl Bakhtyār, Shaikh,—one of the
Court officers of Akbar, 294, 297,
298, 308, 358.
Jamāl Kambo-i, father of Shaikh
Gadā-ī Kamboh, a poet of Dihlī,
who became Çadr of the empire,
22.
Jamāl Khān, a Ghulām of 'Adalī, the
Emperor of India, 26 and n 3, 27,
39, 62.
Jamāl Khān Qurchī,—one of the
Court officers of Akbar, 175. See
also Jalāl Khān Qurchī, of which
this is probably a mis-print.
Jamāl Khān, son of Shaikh Mangan
of Badāūn, 139.
Jamāl, Pahlawān,—police-magistrate
of Āgra, 118.
Jamāl, Qāzī, a Hindū poet of Siva-
kanpūr, 119.
Jamālu-d-dīn, Mīr,—a traditionalist,
173.
Jamālu-d-dīn, Sayyid, grandson of
Sayyid Maḥmūd Bārhah,—one of
the Court officers of Akbar, 356, 357.
Jamd'har or Jamd'hara, signification
of the word, 144 and n 3.
Jāmī, 35, 180, 423. See also under
Maulānā 'Abdu-r-Raḥmām Jāmī.
Jāmī, Imām Moulawī. See the
above.
Jāmi'-i-Rashīdī, the,—name of an
historical work, 397.
Jāmi'u-l-ḥikāyāt, the,—name of a
book, 329.
Jamīl Bēg, Vazīr Khān,—one of the
Amīrs of Akbar, 290.
Jamna, the. See under the Jumna.
Jamshīd,—one of the ancient Kings
of Īrān, 108, 199.
Jamshīd Muḥammad Akbar, 178.
See under Akbar.
Jān Bāqī Khān,—one of the Amīrs of
Akbar, 94.
Jān Muḥammad Khān Bihbūdī,—a
warrior in Akbar's Army, 290.
Jānī Bēg. Mīrzā, grandson of Muḥam-
mad Bāqī Tarkhān,—Governor of
Tattah, 314, 370, 377, 386, 392, 399.
Jānī, Mīrzā, the Governor of Tattah.
See the above.
Jannat-ashyānī, meaning of the ex-
pression, 308 n 2.
Jannat-āstānī, meaning of the expres-
sion, 308 n 2.
Jannatu-l-'adan [Jannat-'Adn?], the,
—the Garden of Eden, 74 n.
Jannatu-l-Firdūs, the,—the Garden
of Paradise, name of the sixth
heaven, 74 n.
Jannatu-l-Khūld [Khuld], the,—the
Garden of Eternity, name of the
fourth heaven, 74 n.
Jannatu-l-māwā, the—name of the
third heaven, 74 n.
Jannatu-n-Nu'īm [Na'īm], the,—the
Garden of Delights, name of the
fifth heaven, 74 n.
Jārīkārān, village of, 61.
Jarkas, the Rūmī,—Commander of
the fortress of Baroṇch on the
side of Muzaffar, son of Sulṭān
Maḥmūd Gujrātī, 342 and n 3, 344.
Jasalmīr, town of, 138, 355, 392.
Jaunpūr. See under Jounpūr.
Jazyah, or tax on Non-Moslems,
abolished, 284.
Jellum, the. See the Jelum.
Jelum, the,—one of the five rivers of
the Panjāb, 304 n 5, 359 n 2, 398 n 4.
Also called the Behat, which see.
Jeremia, the Jewish Prophet, 198
n 3.
Jesus, 191 n 1, 206, 267 and n 3.
Jetch, Dōāb of, between the Jelum
and the Chenab, in the Panjāb, 304
n 5.
Jhannī, a town in the vicinity of
Lāhor, 408 and n 2.
Jhārkand, a country of Hindūstān,
78 n 2.
Jhīls, the,—a low class of Multān
peasants, 161, 162.
Jhosī (and Piyāg), known as Ilhābās,
the modern Allahabad, 124, 297.
Jhujhar, town of, 33.
Jhusī, town of, 100 n 3.
Jījī Anagah, wife of Shamsu-d-dīn
Muḥammad Atgah Khān,—a nurse
of Akbar, 49 n 4.
Jitūra, town of, 196 n 3.
Job of Scripture, 296 n 1.
Jodhpūr or Marwar, a Rājpūt State,
34, 45 n 8, 144, 153, 181, 189 and
n 1, 275 n 2.
Jogīpūrah,—a place outside Āgrah
for feeding jogīs, 334.
Jogī-s, the,—or Hindū devotees, 95,
369.
John, Epistle of St.—, 237 n 3.
Jonah, Book of, 222 n 1.
Jones, Sir W., 47 n 4.
Josā, the,—a river, 289. See also
the Jūsah.
Joseph, the Patriarch, 124, 353.
Joshua, Book of, 75 n 1.
Joudhpūr. See under Jodhpūr.
Joudpūr. See under Jodhpūr.
Jouhar, explanation of the word, 107.
Jounāgaṛh. See under Jūnāgaṛh.
Jounpūr, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 27 and
n 3, 44, 54, 76, 77, 79, 80, 82 n 4,
84, 85, 86, 89, 94, 96, 103, 104, 138,
139, 177, 179, 180, 185, 245, 273,
284, 285, 290, 297, 298, 309, 384,
386.
Jousā, town of, 181.
Jūjak Bēgum. See under Māh Jūjak
Bëgum.
Jumlatu-l-mulk, or manager-in-gen-
eral,—an official title, 409 n 2.
Jumlatu-l-mulk, title of Muzaffar
Khān 'Alī Turbatī, one of the
Amīrs of Akbar, 174.
Jumna, the, 6, 29, 75, 114, 119, 128,
135, 154, 179, 285.
Jūnāgaṛh,—the capital of Sūrat, 150,
152, 256, 355, 384, 392, 400 and n 2,
401. See also under Chūnāgaṛh.
Junaid, a Muḥammadan Saint, 209.
Junaid, uncle's son of Dāūd, son of
Sulaimān Karārānī, the Afghān,
ruler of Bengal, 195, 245.
Jupiter, 87 n 1.
Jūsah, the,—a river, 104. See also
the Josā.
Jusāī, the old name of Jalālābād, 55
n 3.
Juvenal, 20 n 2.

K.

Kab Rāī, or Prince of Poets, title of
Gadāī Brahmadās, or Rājah Bīrbar,
164 and n 4. See under Gadāī
Brahmadās and Bīrbar.
Ka'bah,—the square stone building
in the Masjidu-l-Ḥarām, at Makkah,
40 and n 2, 41, 113, 216, 344, 417.
Ka'bah-i-Murādāt, or sanctum of de-
sires, 266.
Kabi Rājah. See under Kab Rāī.
Kābul, 5 and nn 4 and 7, 12, 34, 38,
52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 61, 71, 72,
89, 90 and n 1, 91, 92, 103, 217 and
n 3, 290, 301, 302, 303, 305, 307,
309, 320, 348, 355, 356, 357, 358,
359, 360, 361, 364, 366, 367, 370,
381, 382, 383, 388, 392 [see page
xiii], 408, 409.
Kābulees, the. See the next.
Kābulīs, the, 61, 409.
Kach'h, province of, 355, 399.
Kachī horses, 371.
Kachītī, district of, 292 and n 1, 293.
See, however, the next.
Kachītī, Rājah,—a zamīndār of Ḥājī-
pūr and Patna, 182 and n 3. Also
called Gajpatī and Gujpatī, which
see.
Kāfirs, the,—or infidels, a name of
reproach given by Muḥammadans
to the Non-Muslims, 46 n 2.
Kāfūr, 288.
Kahārs, signification of the word, 111
and n 2.
Kaiānians, the,—an old Persian dy-
nasty, 268 and n 2.
Kaiqabād,—an ancient king of Īrān,
164.
Kaiqabād, son of Mīrzā Muḥammad
Ḥakīm, son of Humāyūn, son of
Bābar, 359.
Kāīsīn,—a tract of country belonging
to the province of Mālwah, 78 n 2.
Kajak Khān Khwājah,—one of the
generals of Akbar, 197 n 1.
Kajh-koṭ, Manzil of,—called also the
Sarāī of Koṭ K'hachwah, 301 and
n 3.
Kākar 'Alī Khān,—one of the Amīrs
of Akbar, 82, 157, 424.
Kākarūn, fort of, 105.
Kalān Bēg, Khwājah, 37. See also
the next.
Kalan Bēg Naqshbandī, Khwājah,
grandson of Khwājah Aḥrār,—a
devotee and religious teacher, 366
[see page xii].
Kalandar, signification of the term,
162 and n 2, 187.
Kalānor, a dependency of Lahore, 1
and n 3, 301.
Kalānor, garden of,—where Akbar
ascended the throne, 1 and n 2.
Kālinjar, fortress of, 124, 369.
Kalkal-g'hātī,—name of a place, 199.
Kallā Pahār,—a distinguished Afghān
general, 274.
Kālpī, district and town of, 6, 44, 97,
113, 119, 165 [see page v], 289
[see page x].
Kalyān Mal, Rāī,—Rājah of Bīkānīr,
137.
Kalyān Rāī Baqqāl,—an inhabitant
of Cambay, 249.
Kamāl Biyābānī, Shaikh,—an impos-
tor of Akbar's reign who claimed
to work miracles, 309, 378 [see
page xiii].
Kamāl Khān, son of Shaikh Mangan
of Badāūn, 139.
Kamāl Khān, the G'hakkar,—one of
the Amīrs of the Panjāb and
governor of the country of the
Ghakkars, 3, 13 and n 3, 52, 72,
93, 109.
Kamālāī Çadr,—an Officer of the
Imperial Court, 421.
Kamālāī Shīrāzī,—servant of Shāh
Fatḥ Ullāh Shīrāzī, the Çadr-in-
chief of Hindūstān, 354 and n 3.
Kamāon, mountains of, 364. See also
the next.
Kamāūn,—a Hindū State in the
Sawālik hills, 377. See also the
above.
Kambhāyat [Cambay], 167 and n 3.
See also under Cambay.
Kambo. See under Shahbāz Khān
Shahru-Ilāh Kambo.
Kāmī, nom de plume of Mīr 'Alā-
u-d-doulah Qazwīnī, author of a
Biography of the Poets, 108 n 2.
Kāmrān Mīrzā, son of Bābar and
brother of Humāyūn, 5 n 1, 54,
148, 158 n 1, 256.
Kāmrū, country of, 166 and n 5.
More generally called Kāmrūp,
which also see.
Kāmrūp, country of,—in Assam, 166
n 5, 192. See the above.
Kangār or Kangar,—the zamīndār of
the province of Kach'h, 399.
Kāngaṛh, town of, 402.
Kangṛah.—or
Kāngṛah, fort of,—in the district of
Nagarkot, 159, 165.
Kanjak Khwājah,—one of the gene-
rals of Akbar, 197 and n 1.
Kanouj, town of, 27 and n 1, 76. Also
written Qannouj and Canouj, which
see.
Kānt,—a place in the Northern
mountains of India, 130, 140, 142.
See also the next.
Kānt-u-Golah, parganna of,—the
Jāgīr of Ḥusain Khān, Mahdī
Qāsim Khānī, 154, 156, 163, 182,
188, 222. See also under Golah
and Kānt.
Kanūr Phillour,—a place in the con-
fines of the parganna of Dik'hdār,
in the Panjāb, 35 and n 1.
Kanyākubja,—the ancient name of
Kanouj, 27 n 1. See also under
Qannouj.
Kaṛah, district and town of, 44, 74,
76, 79, 94, 97, 103, 104 [see page
iii], 297, 298, 312. The name is
also written Karrah.
Karahkatangah, district of, 351.
Karākar Pass, the, 361.
Karam-ullāh, brother of Shahbāz
Khān Shahr-ullāh Kambo of Lāhor,
—one of the Amīrs of Akbar, 303.
Karāūlī, town of, 187.
Karbalā,—a place in 'Irāq, famous
for the murder of al-Ḥusain, the
son of 'Alī, 11 and n 4, 217 and n 1.
Kaṛhī, town of, 304. See the next.
Karī, village or town of,—in the dis-
trict of Gujrāt, 169, 338, 340, 384.
See the above.
Karrah, district and parganna of, 94,
312. See also under Kaṛah.
Karwī, the,—a river, 18.
Kashbandī,—signification of the word,
194 n 3.
Kāshghar, country of, 2.
Kashmīr, 3, 52, 127, 128, 139, 266,
276, 360, 363, 364, 365, 376, 377,
380, 381 and n 2, 386, 388, 392,
394 and n 4, 395 and n 3, 396, 397,
398, 407, 409, 415.
Kashmīrīs, the, 394.
Katak, town of, 426. See the next.
Katak-Banāras,—a town in the
centre of Orissa, commonly known
as Cuttack, 166, 194, 196, 198 and
n 5, 199, 301, 426.
Katak-u-Banāras, 166. See the above.
Katangah, a place near Gaḍha Ka-
tangah, 78 n 2.
Katanpūr, a dependency of Jhārkand,
78 n 2.
Kathā Sarit Sāgara, the,—a book,
415 n 2.
Kāthī,—the name of a tribe inhabit-
ing Kāthīwār, 371 n 2.
Kāthīwār,—a tract of country, 337,
338, 371 n 2. Also written Kātī-
wār.
Kātīs, the, 371 and n 2. See under
the Kāthī tribe.
Kātīwār, country of, 371. See also
under Kāthīwār.
Katlū Khān, Governor of Jagannāth,
on the part of Dāūd, son of Sulai-
mān Kararānī, ruler of Bengal,
177.
Kator,—a mountain district of Kā-
firs, to the north of Hindūstān, 304
and n 1.
Katrīl, Pass of,—in the mountains of
Kashmīr, 364.
Kazul-bāsh,—a novel by Fraser, 206
n 2. See under the Qizilbāshīs.
Kerbela. See under Karbalā.
Khabīsah, 320,—read Khabītah Ba-
hādur, see p. 425.
Khabītah Bahādur,—a servant of
Ma'çūm Khān Kābulī, the foster-
brother of Mīrzā Muḥammad
Ḥakīm, 320, 425.
Khadāwand Khān. See under Khu-
dāwand Khān.
Khadījah, daughter of Khowailed
[Khuwailid], and first wife of
Muḥammad, 59 n 4.
Khaibar Pass, the, 357, 362, 366.
Khairābād, town of, 129, 228.
Khairpūrah,—a place built by Akbar
outside the town of Āgrah, for
feeding poor Musalmāns, 334 [see
page xii].
Khairu-l-bayān, the,—a work written
by Roshanāī, the founder of an
heretical sect, in which he sets
forth his tenets, 360.
Khāldī Khān Jabbārī, son of Majnūn
Khān Qāqshāl, 332. See also un-
der Jabbārī and Khālidī Khān.
K'halgāṇw, town of, 244 n 2. See
also the next.
K'halgāon, town of,—in Bengāl, 244
and n 2, 245.
Khāliçah-lands,—lands held imme-
diately from the Crown, 193.
Khālid Khān,—one of the Amīrs of
Akbar, 86.
Khālidī Khān,—one of the great
Amīrs of Bengāl, 288, 289. See
also under Khāldī Khān Jabbārī.
Khalīfahs, the,—successors of the
prophet Muḥammad, 318.
Khān-i-'Ālam,—one of the generals
of Akbar, 182, 183, 197, 198.
Khān-i-'Ālam, title of Mīrzā 'Azīz
Kokah, 207 n 2. Perhaps for Khān-
i-'Ālam we should read Khān-i.
A'zam here.
Khān-i-A'zam, another name of
A'zam Khān, Mīrzā 'Azīz Kokah,
152 and n 1, 167, 168, 169, 171, 172,
173, 188, 189, 218, 293, 332, 354,
358, 373, 399, 400, 401. See also
under the A'zam Khān and Mīrzā
Kokah, son of Akgah Khān.
Khān Bāqī Khān,—one of the ser-
vants of Akbar, 95.
Khān Jahān, application of the title,
33 and n 1.
Khān Jahān, title of Ḥusain Qulī
Khān, son of Walī Bēg, Zu-l-Qadr,
one of the great Amīrs of Akbar,
33, 111, 168, 188, 220, 222 [see
page viii], 232, 235 and n 5, 244,
245, 275, 362. See also under
Ḥusain Qulī Khān.
Khān Jahān, commandant of Orissa,
—one of the Amīrs of Dāūd
Kararānī, the Afghān ruler of
Bengāl, 198.
Khān Jalān, 260. Perhaps we should
read Khān Jahān. See the Khān
Jahān, Ḥusain Qulī Khān.
Khān Kalān, a surname of Mīr Mu-
ḥammad Khān Atkah, the brother
of Atkah Khān,—one of the great
Amīrs of Akbar, 52, 53, 72, 89,
94, 109 and n 4, 139, 143, 144, 171,
173. See also under Mīr Muḥam-
mad Khān Atkah.
Khān Khānān, application of the
title, 33 n 1, 34 n 1, 38.
Khān Khānān, the,—Muḥammad
Bairām Khān Turkomān, prime-
minister of Akbar, 7 and n 3, 8, 9,
12, 13, 19, 20, 21, 22, 25, 26, 28,
29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38,
39, 40, 41, 42. See also under
Bairām Khān and Muḥammad
Bairām Khān.
Khān Khānān, the,—Mun'im Khān,
38, 51, 52, 54, 76, 80, 81, 83, 84,
85, 92, 93, 96, 104, 139, 177, 179,
181, 182, 184, 185, 186, 187, 195,
196, 197, 198 and n 2, 199, 200,
221, 222, 309, 325, 355, 356, 358,
371, 372, 373, 375, 379, 384, 386,
392, 399, 402, 403, 416. See also
under Mun'im Khān.
Khān Khānān, title of Mīrzā Khān,
one of the Amīrs of Gujrāt, and
son of Bairām Khān, the Khān
Khānān, 346, 370.
Khān Khānān,—one of the generals
of Dāūd Kararānī, the Afghān, ruler
of Bengāl, 235.
Khān Zamān, title of 'Alī Qulī Khān,
Uzbek, son of Ḥaidar Sulṭān
Uzbek-i-Shaibānī, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 13,
14, 15, 16, 17, 18 and n 2, 27 and
n 3, 29, 44 and n 4, 53, 75, 76 and
n 2, 77, 78, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84 and
n 1, 85, 86, 87, 89, 94, 95 n 2, 96,
97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103 and
n 1, 104, 179, 183, 359. See also
under 'Alī Qulī Khān Uzbek.
Khānah,—a building in the sacred
precincts of Mecca, 246 and n 5.
Khāndesh, province of, 46 and n 4,
274.
Khāni Kalān. See under Khān
Kalān.
Khanjar Beg,—a relation of Tardī
Beg Khān, Commandant of Dihli, 7.
Khanjari Turk, 'Alī Murād Uzbek,
247, 387. See also under 'Alī
Murād.
Khānū, meaning of the word, 405
and n 3.
Khānpūr, village of, 185, 247 [see
page ix], 398.
Khānzādah,—brother of Shāh Abu-l-
Ma'ālī, 56.
K'haramanda, district of, 8.
Khārwāhā, the,—a sort of sailors
used to the river, 178.
Khaṭīb, Khwājah,—of Bokhārā, one
of the Court officers, 278.
K'hatoulī,—name of a place, 153.
Khāvind. See under Khāwind.
Khawāf, a district and town in Khu-
rāsān, 290 n 1.
Khāwand Maḥmūd, Khwājah,—of
Ajmīr, father of Sulṭān Khwājah,
the Çadr, 246 and n 3.
Khāwind, Khwājah, son of Khwā-
jah Yaḥā [Yaḥyā?], son of Khwā-
jah Aḥrār, the Saint of Ajmīr, 57.
Khidmat-rāī,—title of the chief of
the Khidmatiyyah, 301 n 2.
Khidmatiyyah,—foot-guards on duty
in the environs of the palace, 301
n 2.
Khirad-afzā, the,—name of a book,
265, 274 n 2, 389, 426. See also
under Nāmah-e-Khirad-afzā.
Khizar Khān, 10. See under Khizr
Khān Khwājah.
Khizr Khān Hazārah,—one of the
Amīrs of Akbar, 5 and n 6.
Khizr Khān Khwājah,—one of the
Amīrs of Akbar and husband of
Gulbadan Bēgum, the Emperor's
aunt, 7, 10.
Khizr Khān Sarwānī,—killed for
blaspheming the Prophet, 262.
Khizrābād Sādhorah,—name of a
place, 261.
Khorasān, 190. See also under Khu-
[rāsān.
Khowailed [Khuwailid], father of
Khadījah, the first wife of Muḥam-
mad, 59 n 4.
Khudāwand of the Dak'hin,—a
heretic married to the sister of
Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl 'Allāmī, 384.
Khudāwand Khān,—one of the
Amīrs of Akbar, in the Dak'hin,
354, 372.
Khudāwand Khān, Wazīr of Gujrāt,
147, 150.
Khurāsān, 22, 35 n 3, 64 n 5, 87 n 2,
290 n 1. See also under Khorasān.
Khurd-Kābul,—a place at seven cosses
from Kābul, 302.
Khurram Bēgum, known as Walī
Ni'mat Bēgum,—wife of Mīrzā
Sulaimān, Governor of Badakhshān
who was sixth in descent from
Taimūr, 61 n 6.
Khushḥāl Bēg, Mīrzā,—one of the
Qūrchīs of the palace, 13, 101.
Khūshkhabar Khān,—a state-mes-
senger, 91, 92, 94.
Khusrau, Mīr, a great poet of Dihlī,
101 and n 6, 102. See also under
Khusrū.
Khusrau, Sulṭān, son of the Prince
Sulṭān Salīm, son of Akbar, 368.
Khusrou, an ancient King of Irān,
85, 108.
Khusrou, Amīr,—the Poet of Dihlī,
38. See also under Khusrū and
Khusrau.
Khusrou, Mīr. See under Khusrū
and Khusrau, the Poet.
Khusrū, Amīr, son of Amīr Seifud-
din, the Tātar,—the Prince of Sūfī,
poets, 38 and n 4, 63, 64 n 2, 411.
See also under Khusrau, the Poet
of Dihlī.
Khutbah, signification of the term,
1 and n 3, 18 and n 4.
Khuwailid. See under Khowailed.
Khwājagī Muḥammad Çāliḥ of Hirāt,
grandson of Khwājah 'Abdullāh
Marwārīd, the Wazīr,—one of the
Çadrs of Akbar, 48, 340.
Khwājagī Muḥammad Ḥusain,—
brother of Muḥammad Qāsīm Khān
Mīr baḥr, and one of the Amīrs of
Mīrzā Muḥammad Ḥakīm, son of
Humāyūn, 303.
Khwājah 'Abd-ullāh Marwārīd, of
Hirāt,—the Wazīr, 48.
Khwājah 'Abdu-l-Majīd of Harāt, the
Āçaf Khān,—Governor of Dihlī,
38, 62. See also under Āçaf Khān.
Khwājah Aḥrār, of Ajmīr,—a Mu-
ḥammadan Saint, 57. See also
under Aḥrār.
Khwājah Ajmīrī, another name of
Khwājah Mu'īnu-d-dīn Chishtī, the
Saint of Ajmīr, 111 and n 5, 258,
280, 414. See also under Mu'īnu-
d-dīn Chishtī Sigizī.
Khwājah Amīnā, [afterwards Khwā-
jah Jahān], the Wazīr, 20, 31 and
n 1, 111, 189, 232. Same as Amīnu-
d-dīn Maḥmūd. See also under
Khwājah Jahān.
Khwājah Amīnu-d-dīn Maḥmūd of
Harāt, 20 n 3. See the above.
Khwājah 'Arab,—one of the Amīrs
of Akbar and the Khān Jahān's
pay-master, 361, 362.
Khwājah Bahāu-d-dīn Naqshbandī,—
a Muḥammadan Saint, 72 n 4.
Khwājah Daulat,—afterwards called
Daulat Khān,—a servant of the
Emperor, 100.
Khwājah Ḥasan, 302. See under the
next.
Khwājah Ḥasan Naqshbandī, son of
Khwājah Bahāu-d-dīn Naqshbandī.
See under Ḥasan Naqshbandī.
Khwājah Ḥusain Marwī. See under
Ḥusain Marwī.
Khwājah Ismā'īl, grandson of Shaikh
Islām Chishtī, 358.
Khwājah Jahān, title of Khwājah
Amīnā, 20, 52, 80, 81, 84, 85, 97,
111, 146, 189. See also under
Khwājah Amīnā.
Khwājah Kalān Bēg,—an attendant
of the Court, 37.
Khwājah Khaṭīb, of Bokhārā,—a
Court attendant, 278.
Khwājah Khāwind, son of Khwājah
Yaḥā [Yaḥyā?], son of Khwājah
Āḥrār, the Saint of Ajmīr, 57.
Khwājah Maqçūd 'Alī,—a servant of
Akbar's mother, 49 n 4.
Khwājah Moulānā of Shīrāz, the
heretic of Jafrdān, 295.
Khwājah Mu'azzam, maternal uncle
of Akbar, 71.
Khwājah Muḥammad Rafī' Badakh-
shī,—one of the generals of Akbar,
236. See also under Khwājah
Rafī' Badakhshī.
Khwājah Muḥammad Yaḥyā, Naqsh-
bandī,—one of the descendants of
Khwājah Aḥrār of Ajmīr, 225, 275.
Khwājah Mu'īnu-d-dīn Chishtī. See
under Mu'īnu-d-dīn Chishtī.
Khwājah Mu'īnu-d-dīn, son of Khwā-
jah Khāwind,—one of the des-
cendants of Khwājah Aḥrār of
Ajmīr, 57.
Khwājah Muzaffar 'Alī Dīwānah, 34.
We should probably read Turbati
for Dīwānah. See the following
name.
Khwājah Muzaffar 'Alī Turbatī, i e.,
of the tribe of Turbat in Khurā-
sān, 64. See under Muzaffar Khān
'Alī Turbatī.
Khwājah Naqshbandī, 72. See un-
der Khwājah Bahāu-d-dīn.
Khwājah Rafī' Badakhshī,—one of
the generals of Akbar, 385. See
also under Khwājah Muḥammad
Rafī' Badakhshī.
Khwājah Shāh Mançūr. See under
Shāh Mançūr.
Khwājah Shamsu-d-dīn. See under
Shamsu-d-dīn Khāfī.
Khwājah Sulṭān 'Alī Wazīr Khān,—
an officer of Tardī Bēg Khān, the
commandant of Dihlī, 5, 7.
Khwājah Yaḥā [Yaḥyā?], son of
Khwājah Aḥrār of Ajmīr, 57.
Khwārizm, country of. 253.
Kījak Khān Khwājah,—an officer of
the Imperial Army, 197 n 1.
Kīkā, Rānā, also called Pratāb or
Partāb, ruler of Gogandah and
Kumalmair or Kokanda and Kom-
balmīr, 144, 233, 235, 236, 237,
246 n 7, 249 n 1, 251, 275 and n 1.
Kīmiya,—signification of the word,
334 n 4.
Kishn, or Krishna,—one of the chief
Gods of the Hindūs, 265. See
also under Krishna.
Kitābu-n-nawāqis, the,—a work by
Mīrzā Makhdūm in blame of the
Shī'ah, 327 [see page xi].
Kīt'hal, town of, 274.
Kitto's Court of Persia, 1 n 3.
Kizr Aqā,—the wakīl of Mīrzā Khān,
son of Bairām Khān Khānān, 342.
Kodrah. See under Bahādur Kodrah.
Koh-pārah,—name of a female ele-
phant, 84.
Koka,—signification of the word,
49 n 4.
Kokaltāsh,—signification of the word,
49 n 4.
Kokanda or Kokandah, district of,
—in Rājpūtānā, 233, 235, 236, 239
and n 6, 240, 241, 242, 246, 247,
248. Also called Gogandah, which
see.
Kombalmīr, district of,—near Ūdai-
pūr in Rājpūtānā, 233 and n 1. At p.
144 the word is written Kumalmair.
See also the next.
Koṇbhalmīr, a fortress on the fron-
tiers of Ūdaipūr and Joudpūr,
275 and n 2. See the above.
Koorchees, the. See under the
Qurchīs.
Korah, of Scripture, 341 n 1. Called
Qārūn in Arabic.
Kotah Balāyah, fort of, 105.
Kotal-sanjad-darra,—a geographical
name, 91.
Koṭ K'hachwah, Sarāī of, 301 n 3,
Called also the Manzil of Kajhkoṭ.
Kotlah, fortress of, 165 [see page v].
Krishna, the Hindū God, 336. See
also under Kishn.
Krorī, an officer in charge of a piece
of land producing one Kror of
tankas, 192, 369.
Krorīs, the,—revenue officers, 192,
194, 207 and n 5, 406. See the
above.
Kūchak Khān,—or
Kūchak Muḥammad Khān, brother of
Ḥusain Khān, Mahdī Qāsim Khānī,
and one of the Amīrs of Akbar,
182.
Kūfah, town of,—in 'Irāq, 328.
Kūlyān, kingdom of, 371.
Kūm, a town in Persia, where the
Shī'ah make pilgrimages, 217 n 1.
Kūmākchī, or
Kūmakī, meaning of the word, 48 n 4.
Kumalmair, district of, 144. See
under Kombalmīr.
Kumāūn Mount, the, 154.
Kundal,—a town in the district of
Sūrat, at 15 cosses from Chūnagar,
370.
Kūrdah, 333 n 6. See under Bahādur
Kūrdah.
Kūr Farah. See under Bahādur Kūr
Farah.
Kurk'het, lake of, 94 and n 5. Called
Kurukshetra in Sanscrit.
Kūrnish, the,—homage paid to em-
perors, 397.
Kūrsī [Kursī?],—name of the eighth
or Crystalline Heaven, 74 n.
Kursĩ verse, the,—or Āyatu-l-Kursī,
in al-Qur'ān, 201, 331.
Kurukshetra, name of the lake
Kurk'hēt in Sanskrit, 94 n 5.
Kurus, the,—a great tribe of Hindūs
in ancient times, 94 and n 6, 329,
330.
Kushmāl, mountains of, 38.
Kuwa, district of,—in the neighbour-
hood of the River Satlaj, 9. Pro-
bably we should read Ropar, which
see.

L.

Lach'hman, brother of Rām Chand
[Rāmā], Rājah of Oudh, 347.
Ladah Suhnah,—a town about 18
cosses from Dihli, 386 n 1.
Lāhōr, 1 and n 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 12, 13, 68,
72, 88, 89, 91, 92, 93, 95, 103, 137,
158, 159, 160, 161, 164, 166, 174,
218, 220 [see page viii], 222,
226, 232, 273, 276, 285, 300, 301,
304, 306, 320, 321, 328, 329, 356,
359, 364, 366, 367, 369, 370, 373,
376, 377, 379, 383, 384, 387, 389,
391, 394, 396, 397, 403, 407, 408
and n 2 412.
Lāhore. See the above.
Lahrah, lord of Āgra, 59.
Lailu-l-qadr, the 27th night of the
month of Ramzān, 44 n 2.
Lak'hnau. See under Lak'hnou.
Lak'hnauti,—the ancient name of the
city of Gaur, 289.
Lak'hnou, 14, 18, 27, 37, 76, 128, 129,
130, 139, 148 n 3, 156, 167 n 1, 182,
189 [see page vi], 250 n 2, 261 n 1,
272 n 1, 292 n 1, 304 n 1, 305 n 4,
340 n 2, 341 n 2, 343 n 2, 348 n 9,
354 n 2, 358, 359, 367 nn 1 and 2,
368 n 2, 373 n 1, 374 [see page
xiii], 388 n 1, 396.
Lakhnow. See the above.
Lak'nou. See under Lak'hnou.
La'l Khān of Badakhshān,—one of
the Amīrs of the imperial army, 6.
Lāl, Qāzī,—one of the wits of Akbar's
reign, 65.
Lāmahs, the,—a class of devotees in
Thibet, 335.
Lane's Modern Egyptians, 35 n 4.
Lankā, island of, 347.
Lashkar Khān, Mīr Bakhshī,—one of
the Amīrs and generals of Akbar,
82, 83, 84, 173, 174, 181, 196, 198.
Also called 'Askar Khān, Astar
Khān and Sher Khān.
Lashkarī, son of Sulṭān Ādam, the
G'hakkar, 52.
Laṭīf Khwājah Mīr Shikār,—one of
the officers of the Imperial Court,
303, 317.
Lawāih, the,—name of a theological
work, 265.
Lee's Translation of the Travels of
Ibn Batuta, 90 n 3.
Leigh Hunt, 401 n 4.
Lexicon Persico-Latinum, Vuller's,
311 n 4.
Lisān-i-ghaib, a term applied by Jāmī
to Ḥāfiz of Shīrāz, 423.
Little Tibet, 388.
Lives of the Persian Poets, Ouseley's,
423.
Lodhiyānah, town of. See under
Ludhiyānah.
Lodī, Amīru-l-Umarā, 177 [see page v],
178, 184.
London, 32 n 5, 35 n 4.
Lonkaran, Rāī, Governor of Sāmbhar,
259. See also under Loun Karan
Rājah.
Louḥ-i-maḥfūz, the,—signification of
the term, 24 and n 4.
Loun Karan, Rājah, Commandant of
Sāmbhar, 236, 237. See also under
Lonkaran Rāī.
Lūdhiyānah, town of, 38, 159, 358.
Lūdiyānah, town of. See the above.

M.

Macan's edition of the Shāhnāmah,
317 n 1.
Ma'çūm Khān,—foster-brother of
Mīrzā Muḥammad Ḥakīm, son of
Humāyūn, 273, 274. See also under
Ma'çūm Kokah and Ma'çūm Kābulī.
Ma'çūm Khān Farankhūdī, Governor
of Jaunpūr,—one of the Amīrs of
Akbar, 284, 285, 290, 291, 295, 297,
298, 299 and n 3, 300 n 1, 307. See
also under Muḥammad Ma'çūm
Khān Farankhūdī and Muḥammad
Ma'çūm Jaunpūrī.
Ma'çūm Khān, son of Mu'īnu-d-dīn
Aḥmad Khān Farankhūdī, 284. See
the above.
Ma'çūm Kābūlī. See under Muḥam-
mad Ma'çūm Kābūlī.
Ma'çūm Kokah, of Kābul, 90. Same
as Ma'çūm Khān, the foster-brother
of Mīrzā Ḥakīm, and Ma'çūm
Kābulī, which also see.
Madad-i-ma'āsh, signification of the
term, 23 and n 4, 49, 209, 261, 282,
379, 389.
Madār, Shāh,—a Muḥammadan saint
whose shrine is at Makanpūr in
Qannouj, 140.
Madāran, town of,—in Jahānābād, in
the Hūglī district, 195, 196 and
n 2.
Mādhav Singh,—one of the officers
of the imperial army, 239. See
the next.
Mādhū Singh, son of Rājah Bhag-
vant Dās and brother of Mān
Singh, the Hindū general of
Akbar, 147 n 1, 239, 366.
Madhukar, Rājah,—zamīndār of
Uṇḍchah (the Oorcha of our maps),
391.
Madīnah, the burial-place of the
prophet Muḥammad, in Arabia, 32,
73, 222, 246, 423.
Madrasah-e Bēgum, the,—in Dihlī,
[60.
Mādū Singh, brother of Mān Singh,
366. See under Mādhū Singh.
Māh Chochak Bēgum. See the next.
Māh Jūjak Begum, mother of Mīrzā
Muḥammad Ḥakīm, son of Hu-
māyūn, the Emperor of India, 54,
55, 56, 57, 61 and n 3, 64, 72 n 3.
The name is also written Chochak.
Mahābhārata, the, 265, 329, 330, 346,
413.
Mahadeo, temple of,—in Sthaneç-
wara (T'hānēsar), 94 n 4.
Mahādev,—the chief of the Hindū
gods, 94 n 4, 265. See also under
Mahdeva.
Maḥall-i-Bengālī,—name of a palace
in Āgrah, 74.
Māham Ankah. See under Māhum
Ankah.
Mahāmā,—one of the chief gods of
the Hindūs, 265.
Mahānadī, the,—a river of Orissa,
on which Cuttack stands, 199 and
n 1, 333 n 4.
Mahā-pātra Bād-farosh,—a Hindū
musician and one of Akbar's
courtiers, 77 and n 3.
Mahdeva,—another name of Śiva,
the Hindū god, 204 and n 2. See
also under Mahādev.
Mahdī, the. See the next.
Mahdī, Imām,—the forerunner of
the Messiah, according to the Mos-
lims, 201 and n 4, 295, 323.
Mahdī Khān. See under Mahdī
Qāsim Khān.
Mahdī Qāsim Khān,—one of the
great Amīrs of Akbar, 9, 11, 33,
35, 72, 83, 86, 87, 128, 129, 154 and
n 3, 300.
Māhim Ankah. See under Māhum
Ankah.
Mahindra, the,—a river, 344. See
also the next.
Mahindrī, the,—a river, 146. See
also the above.
Maḥmūd, the Emperor,—famous as
Sulṭān Maḥmūd, the Ghaznawī, 223
n 2.
Maḥmūd Bārha, Sayyid,—one of the
great Amīrs and generals, 11, 52,
144, 146, 169.
Maḥmūd of Basakhwān, a heretical
writer of the time of Taimūr, 254,
295.
Maḥmūd Bokhārī, Shaikh,—one of
the Court officers of Akbar, 145.
Maḥmūd of Ghaznīn, Sulṭān, 223 n 2.
Maḥmūd of Gujrāt, Sulṭān, 67, 105,
138, 145, 173.
Maḥmūd Khān, son of the sister of
Tarson Khān,—an officer of the
Imperial Court, 241 and n 2 [see
page viii].
Maḥmūd Khān Bārha. See under
Maḥmūd Bārha.
Maḥmūd, Sulṭān, Governor of Bakkar,
93, 138, 179, 189, 423. At p. 138
he is called Muḥammad.
Maḥmūd, Sulṭān, nephew of Pīr
Muḥammad Khān, 129 [see p. iv].
Maḥmūdābād, town of,—one of the
dwelling places of Sulṭān Maḥmūd
of Gujrāt, 153, 173, 373.
Maḥmūdī, Mullā,—one of the servants
of Mīrzā Khān, son of Bairām Khān
Khān Khānān, 343.
Mahomet. See under Muḥammad the
Prophet.
Mahu, town of, 84 n 5.
Māhum Ankah or Anagah, nurse of
Akbar, 29 and n 7, 30, 31, 49 and
nn 4 and 5, 50, 64.
Māhum Atkah or Atgah. See the
above, especially p. 49 n 4.
Majnūn Khān Qāqshāl,—one of the
Amīrs and generals of Akbar, 44,
76, 77, 94, 97, 98, 124, 185, 194,
195.
Makanpūr, one of the dependencies
of Qannouj, 140.
Makhdūmu-l-mulk, Mullā 'Abd-ullāh
Sulṭānpūrī,—one of the great Amīrs
of Akbar, 13 n 2, 39, 85, 86, 154,
158, 201, 205, 206, 213, 262, 270,
275, 278, 281, 285, 321.
Makkah, 4, 22, 30, 32 and n 1, 33, 39,
40 n 2, 41 n 2, 56, 57, 58, 60, 73, 87,
113, 120 n 1, 128, 190, 206, 215, 216
nn 1 and 4, 217 and n 1, 222, 241
n 2, 246, 258, 268 n 1, 275, 283, 293,
295, 309, 321, 323, 327, 344, 350,
401 and n 4, 412, 423.
Māldeo, Rāja of Jodhpūr and Mārwār,
34, 137, 189
Mālik, Imām,—founder of one of the
four sects of Sunnī Muslims, 211,
212.
Malik 'Alī, brother of Qāzī 'Alī,
Kotwāl of Lāhor, 300.
Malik Sānī Kābulī, the Vazīr Khān,
vazīr of Mīrzā Muḥammad Ḥakīm,
son of Humāyūn, ruler of Kābul,
300.
Malik-ush-Sharq, Gujrātī,—one of the
Amīrs of Gujrāt, 145, 146.
Malik-ush-Sharq,—tax-collector of
T'hānēsar, 223.
Mālikīs, the, 212.
Mālwa or Mālwah, 29 and n 2, 32 and
n 2, 42 and n 5, 46, 48, 65, 68 n 3,
69, 76, 78 n 2, 87 and n 3, 93, 101,
105, 110, 151, 153, 186, 249, 250,
251, 253, 285, 293, 308, 334, 341,
344, 358, 372, 873, 384, 386, 391,
401 [see page xiii], 402.
Ma'mūrābād,—on the banks of the
river Mahindra, 342, 344.
Mançūr Khān, 96. Read Ḥusain
Khān (Mahdī Qāsim Khānī), see
p. iii.
Mançūr, Shaikh, son-in-law of Shaikh
Ibrāhīm Chishtī of Fatḥpūr Sīkrī,
237.
Mançūrah, or
Mançūriyyah,—name of several
cities, 70.
Mandalgaṛh, or Māndal Gaṛh,—town
of, 105, 236, 242. Called also
Wazīrpūr Mandalgaṛh.
Mandū,—a town in Mālwah, 47, 66,
68 and n 3, 110.
Mangalūs, country of, 196 n 4.
Mangalūsī elephants,—famous for
their great size and their white
colour, 196 and n 4.
Mangan of Badāūn, Shaikh, 139.
Mānikpūr, district and town of, 76,
78, 89, 94, 96, 97 and n 4, 103.
Manizha, daughter of Afrāsiāb, an-
cient king of Tūrān, 47 n 4.
Manjholī, country of, 257.
Mankarwāl, village of,—a depend-
ency of Pairag, iii, 100.
Mānkūt, fortress of,—in the moun-
tains of Sawālik, 11.
Manohar, Mīrzā. See the next.
Manohar, Rāī, son of Rāī Lonkaran,
Governor of Sāmbhar,—a Poet,
with the title of Tusanī, 259. Called
for some time Mīrzā Manohar.
Manoharpūr,—a town in the neigh-
bourhood of Ambīr, in the district
of Multān, 259.—Called after the
name of Rāī Manohar, which see.
Mān, Rājah,—of Gwālyār,—a famous
Hindū chief, 238.
Mān Singh, son of Rājah Bhagawan or
Bhagvān Dās,—the famous Hindū
general of Akbar, 144, 146, 147 n 1,
233, 236, 238, 239 and n 2, 242,
243, 247, 299, 300, 301, 304, 350,
357, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364,
365, 366, 370, 375, 376, 384, 399.
Maqbūl Khān, a Ghulām of Sarkh
Badakhshī, 147.
Maqçūd 'Alī, Khwājah,—a servant.
of Akbar's mother and husband of
Pīchah Jān, one of the three
nurses of Akbar, 49 n 4.
Maqçūd Jauharĩ, Mīrzā Muzaffar
Ḥusain, 260, 274. See under
Muzaffar Ḥusain, son of Ibrāhīm
Ḥusain Mīrza. The name has also
been written Maqçūr Jauharī, see
p. 274.
Maqçūr Jauharī. See the above.
Ma'qil, one of the companions of the
Prophet, 333 n 4.
Maqṭa', signification of the term, 37
n 3.
Marco Polo, 405 n 2.
Martial, 36 n 3.
Marwār,—one of the three great
Rājpūt states, 45 n 8, 137. Also
called Jodhpūr.
Marwī, Khwājah Ḥusain,—a poet,
124, 127, 136.
Mary, daughter of 'Imrān,—name of
the Virgin Mary, according to the
Qur'ān, 59 n 4, 206.
Maryam Makānī,—title of the Queen
Dowager of Humāyūn, the son of
Bābar, 5, 12 and n 9, 30.
Mashhad, town of,—in Persia, 80 n 3,
81 and n 4, 94, 95 n 3, 103 n 2, 110,
217 n 1, 376.
Mashhid. See the above.
Mashkūt [Mishkāt?]-ul-anwār, the,
—name of a book, 205.
Masīḥu-l-dajjāl. al,—the false Christ
of the Muḥammadans, 189 n 2.
Masjidu-l-Ḥarām, the,—the sacred
mosque of Mecca, 40 n 2.
Masnadi 'Ālī,—an Afghān title, 159
n 1.
Masnadi 'Ālī Fattū, a Ghulām of
'Adalī, the emperor of India, 159
See also under Fatū.
Masnad-i-Çād of Dihlī, 418.
Masnavī or Masnawī of Nal-u-Daman,
the,—by Shaikh Faizī, the king of
Poets, 411,
Masnawī,—of Jalālu-d-dīn Rūmī, 421
[n 1.
Mas'ūd Bakk, the Persian Poet, 30
and n 1.
Mas'ūd Beg, 225.
Mas'ūd Ḥusain Mīrzā, son of Muḥam-
mad Sulṭān Mīrzā, son of Wais
Mīrzā, a descendant of the great
Taimūr, 87 n 1, 161, 163 [see
page v.]
Mat'hurā,—a town in the neighbour-
hood of Agra, 59 and n 1, 191. See
also under Mattra.
Maṭla',—signification of the term, 36
n 4.
Mattra,—a town to the N.-W. of
Āgrah, 218 and n 3. See also under
Mat'hurā.
Māwara-n-nahr. See under Trans-
oxiana.
Māzandarān,—a province of Persia,
248.
Mazharī, of Basāwar,—a great friend
of the author, 305 and n 3.
Mecca, town of. See under Makkah.
Medīna, town of. See under Madī-
nah.
Medinah and Meccah, Burton's Pil-
grimage to, 121 n 2, 129 n 4, 134
n 2, 246 n 5.
Medinīpūr,—a town in the Hūglī dis-
trict, 196 and n 2.
Mekka, town of. See under Makkah.
Memoirs of Jahangueir, Price's, 379
n 1.
Memoir book of Neurnberg, of the
Rev. W. H. Lowe, 236 n 1, 240 n 1.
Mēnēlah, fortress of,—in the pro-
vince of Bakkar, 138.
Merchant and Parrot, story of the,—
in the Masnawī, 421 n 1.
Messiah, the, 201 n 4. See also the
next.
Messias, 73. See also the above.
Metaphysics, Aristotle's, 21 n 2.
Mēwar,—one of the three great
Rājpūt States, 45 n 8. Called also
Ūdīpūr.
Mēwāt, town of, 33.
Mhow, town of, 84 n 5.
Midas, king of Phrygia, 66 n 2.
Midrash, 255 n 1.
Mihr 'Alī,—a retainer of Mīrzā Ibrā-
hīm Ḥusain, son of Sulṭān Muḥam-
mad Mīrzā, 256.
Mihr 'Alī Bēg Sildūz,—Governor of
the fortress of Chītor, 26, 27, 28,
43.
Mihr 'Alī Khān Bēg Sildoz. See the
above.
Mihtar Khān,—one of the Amīrs and
Generals of Akbar, 233, 236, 238,
247. See the next.
Mihtar Khān Sulṭānī,—Governor of
the fortress of Rintambhor, 111.
See the above.
Mihtar Sa'ādat, the Pēshrau Khān,—
one of the officers of the Imperial
Court, 285, 297.
Mikrī, Sayyid, one of the chief
Sayyids of Kālpī, 113.
Mill, 240 n 3.
Mīr 'Abdulawal,—a heretical writer,
[254.
Mīr 'Abdu-l-Ḥayy,—a learned man in
the Court of Akbar, 64.
Mīr 'Abd-ullāh Bakhshī,—an officer
of Akbar's Court, 20.
Mīr 'Abdu-l-Laṭīf, one of the Sayfī
Sayyids of Qazwīn, 24. See also
under 'Abdu-l-Laṭīf.
Mīr Abu-l-Ghays Bokhārī of Dihlī,—
Saint and Soldier, 14. See also
under Abu-l-Ghays.
Mīr 'Adal ['Adl], the,—Mīr Sayyid
Muḥammad, Judge of Amrāhah,
226 and n 2, 252.
Mīr Adham,—colleague of Rāī Patr
Dās in the Dīwānship of Bengāl,
276.
Mīr 'Adl, office of, 22 n 4.
Mīr Aḥmad-i-Razawī,—father of
Yūsuf Khān Mashhadī, governor of
Kashmīr, 96 n 1.
Mīr 'Alāu-d-daulah Qazwīnī, author
of the Biography of the Poets,
108 and n 2.
Mīr Bakhshī, Paymaster of the
Court, 233 and n 3.
Mīr Çāliḥ Dā'ī,—a holder of Jāgīrs in
Gujrāt, 333.
Mīr Chobān,—Wazīr of Sulṭān Abū
Sa'īd Mughūl, 31, 60.
Mīr Fārighī, brother of Shāh Fatḥ-
ullāh Shīrāzī, the Chief Çadr of
Hindūstān, 111.
Mīr Fatḥullāh of Shīrāz, Sayyid, 325.
See also under Fatḥullāh of Shīrāz,
'Azdu-d-daulah and Shāh Fatḥ-
ullāh.
Mīr Gesū, Governor of Narnoul, and
one of the Amīrs of Akbar, 58, 138.
Mīr Ghiyāsu-d-dīn Naqīb Khān, son
of Mīr 'Abdu-l-Laṭīf Qazwīnī, 24.
Mīr Ghiyāsu-d-dīn Mançūr of Shīrāz,
a religious teacher, 325.
Mīr Ḥabsh,—or
Mīr Ḥabshī,—a Shī'ah Doctor of Law,
201, 262.
Mīr Hādī Sadr,—a trusty friend of
'Alī Qulī Khān Uzbek, the Khān
Zamān, 83.
Mīr Ḥaidar,—a riddle writer, 248,
273.
Mīr Ḥājī,—or
Mīr Ḥājj, Leader of the pilgrims,—
office of, 246 and n 4, 275.
Mīr Jamālu-d-dīn,—father of Mīrak
Shāh, the traditionalist, 173.
Mīr Kai, Sayyid, 245. See under
Mīrak Ispahānī.
Mīr Kalān, Mulāna,—the tradition-
alist of Herāt and teacher of
Prince Salīm, the eldest son of
Akbar, 173.
Mīr Khalīfah, father of Muḥibb 'Alī
Khān, the governor of Bakkar, 138.
Mīr Khusrau, a great poet of Dihlī,
101 and n 6, 102. See also under
Khusrū, the king of poets.
Mīr Khusrou. See the above.
Mīr Muḥammad Amīn,—a confiden-
tial servant of the Court, 390.
Mīr Muḥammad Ḥaidar Mu'ammāī,—
a writer of Akbar's time, 407.
Mīr Muḥammad Khān Atkah, brother
of Atkah Khān, 52. See also un-
der Muḥammad Khān Atkah.
Mīr Muḥammad Ma'çūm Bakkarī,—
one of the renowned Amīrs of
Akbar, 386.
Mīr Muḥammad Munshī,—holder of
the fief of Sarūt, in the Doāb, 52.
Mīr Muḥassan Razwī,—one of the
chief officers of the Court, 174.
Mīr Mu'izzu-l-Mulk Mashhadī,—of
the Mūsawī Sayyids of Mashhad,
descendants of Imām Mūsā Rizā,
80 and n 3. See also under Mu'iz-
zu-l-Mulk.
Mīr Munīr,—one of the confidential
servants of the Court, 390.
Mīr Munshī Ashraf Khān,—a Cour-
tier and army officer, 5, 7. See also
under Ashraf Khān.
Mīr Murtazā Sharīfī. See under
Murtazā Sharīfī.
Mīr Nizām,—sister's husband to
Mīrzā Shāh Rukh, son of Ibrāhīm
Mīrzā, 276.
Mīr Qāsim, a Mūsawī Sayyid of
Mashhad, 95 n 3.
Mīr Quraish. See under Quraish.
Mīr Sadr Jahān, of Pihānī,—muftī
of the imperial dominions, 365.
Mīr Sayyid Çafālī—one of the per-
sonages of Bhakkar, 252.
Mīr Sayyid Ḥusain Khang-sawār,—
a Muḥammadan saint buried in
Ajmīr, 143.
Mīr Sayyid Jalāl Mutawakkil,—a re-
ligious leader, 114, 121.
Mīr Sayyid Muḥammad, the Mīr 'Adl
and judge of Amrāhah and for
some time governor of Bakkar, 224,
226 n 2, 252.
Mīr Sayyid Muḥammad Makkī,—a
religious teacher and Qur'ān-
reader, 15.
Mīr Sayyid Ni'mat Rusūlī [Rasūlī?],
[24.
Mīr Sayyid Rafī'u-d-dīn Muḥaddis,
289.
Mīr Sayyid Sharīf Jurjānī,—a Mu-
ḥammadan saint, 86.
Mīr Tughān,—an Aḥadī in the ser-
vice of Akbar, 367.
Mīr Ya'qūb of Kashmīr. See under
Ya'qūb Çirfī of Kashmīr, Shaikh.
Mīrak Ispahānī, Sayyid,—a man
learned in charms, 179, 180. At
p. 245 this name appears as Mīr
Kai.
Mīrak Mīrzā Ghiyās,—builder of the
tomb of Humāyūn, 135.
Mīrak Radāī, son of Farḥat Khān,
one of the Amīrs of Akbar, 244.
Mīrak Razwī, Mīrzā,—one of the
chief officers of Akbar, 185. See
also under Mīrzā Mīrak.
Mīrak Shāh, son of Mīr Jamālu-d-
dīn,—a traditionalist, 173.
Mīrān Mubārak Shāh, ruler of Bur-
hampūr, 68.
Mīrat'h, town of, 6 and n 6, 153. See
also under Mirt'ha.
Mirchond, Defrémery's, 426. See
also the next.
Mīrkhānd, the Historian, 10 n 3. See
also the above.
Mirt'ha or Mirt'hah, fortress of,—
within 20 cosses of Ajmīr, 46, 105,
144. See also under Mīrat'h.
Mīrzā 'Abdu-r-raḥīm. See under
'Abdu-r-raḥīm.
Mīrzā Abu-l-Qāsim, son of Kāmrān
Mīrzā, son of Bābar, 5.
Mīrzā 'Azīz Kokah. See under Mīrzā
Kokah.
Mīrzā 'Azīz-ullāh of Mashhad, gover-
nor of the fortress of Ujjain, on
the part of Akbar, 110.
Mīrzā Bāiqrā, son of Mīrzā Mançūr,
son of Mīrzā Bāiqrā,—one of the
descendants of the great Taimūr,
87 n 1.
Mīrzā Bāiqrā, son of 'Umar Shaikh
Mīrzā, second son of the great
Taimūr, 87 n 1.
Mīrzā Bēg Kābūlī, Ḥājī,—author of
an account of Little Tibet, 388.
Mīrzā Bēg Qāqshāl,—one of the
Amīrs of Akbar, 332.
Mīrzā Ghiyāsu-d-dīn 'Alī Qazwīnī,
title of Āçaf Khān Mīr Bakhshī
Sānī, 322. See under Āçaf Khān
Mīr Bakhshī Sānī.
Mīrzā Ḥakīm, 273. See under Mīrzā
Muḥammad Ḥakīm, son of Hu-
māyūn.
Mīrzā Ibrāhīm Ḥusain. See under
Ibrāhīm Ḥusain Mīrzā.
Mīrzā 'Isā Tarkhān, ruler of Tattah,
138.
Mīrzā Kāmrān. See under Kāmrān
Mīrzā, son of Bābar.
Mīrzā Khān, son of the Khān Khānān
Bairām Khān,—one of the great
Amīrs of Akbar, 168, 342, 343, 344,
346, 370.
Mīrzā Khushḥāl Bēg,—one of the
Qūrchīs of the palace, 13, 101.
Mīrzā Kokah, the A'zam Khān, son
of Atgah Khān,—one of the great
Amīrs of Akbar, 98, 146, 202 and
n 1, 207 and n 2, 401. See also
under A'zam Khān, Khān-i-A'zam
and 'Azīz Kokah.
Mīrzā Makhdūm,—a Sharīf and au-
thor of the Kitābu-n-Nawāqis, in
blame of the Shī'ah, 327.
Mīrzā Mançūr, son of Mīrzā Bāiqrā
son of 'Umar Shaikh Mīrzā, second
son of the great Taimūr, 87 n 1.
Mīrzā Manohar. See under Manohar
Rāī, son of Räī Lonkaran.
Mīrzā Mīrak, afterwards Razawī
Khān,—Wakīl of the Khān Zamān,
'Alī Qulī Khān, 85, 94, 95 and n 2,
103 and n 1, 185.
Mīrzā Muflis,—a master of religious
philosophy and author of the Taf-
sīri Ḥāfiz, 190 [see page vi].
Mīrzā Muḥammad Ḥakīm. See un-
der Muḥammad Ḥakīm, son of
Humāyūn.
Mīrzā Muḥammad Muqīm,—one of
the Amīrs and Generals of Akbar,
252.
Mīrzā Muqīm of Içfahān,—Akbar's
Wakīl at the Court of Ḥusain
Khān, governor of Kashmīr, 128.
Mīrzā Muzaffar Ḥusain. See under
Muzaffar Ḥusain.
Mīrzā Nizāmu-d-dīn Aḥmad. See
under Nizāmu-d-dīn Aḥmad.
Mīrzā Nūru-d-Dīn Muḥammad, hus-
band of Humāyūn's sister, 13, 216.
Mīrzā Qandahārī, 417 and n 1. Same
as Mīrzā Muzaffar Ḥusain, son of
Sulṭān Ḥusain Mīrzā, commandant
of Qandahār.
Mīrzā Shāh Abu-l-Ma'ālī. See under
Shāh Abu-l-Ma'ālī.
Mīrzā Shāh Rukh. See under Shāh
Rukh Mīrzā.
Mīrzā Sharaf, 57 n 3. Same as the
next, which see.
Mīrzā Sharafu-d-dīn Ḥusain,—one of
the Amīrs and Generals of Akbar,
46. See also under Sharafu-d-dīn
Ḥusain and Mīrzā Sharaf.
Mīrzā Sulaimān, Governor of Badakh-
shān,—sixth in descent from the
great Taimūr, 5 and n 2, 57, 61 and
n 5, 71, 72, 89, 90, 91, 204, 217, 218,
220, 222, 350, 355, 357, 366, 425.
Mīrzā Ulugh. See under Ulugh Mīrzā,
son of Muḥammad Sulṭān Mīrzā.
Mīrzā Ulugh Beg-i-Gurgān,—a power-
ful King of the House of Tai-
mūr, 276.
Mīrzā Yūsuf Khān Mashhadī. See
under Yūsuf Khān Mashhadī.
Mishkātu-l-anwār, the,—name of a
book, 205.
Mishnāh,—one of the books of the
Talmūdīm, 55 n 5, 287 n 2, 400 n 1.
Mishnāh Ābōth. See the above.
Mit'hra, town of, 306.
Miyān Amān-ullāh Sarhindī. See
under Amān-ullāh Sarhindī.
Miyān Fatḥ-ullāh Sharbatī,—one of
the imperial courtiers, 357, 361.
Miyān Ḥātim Sambhalī,—a famous
Moulawī and learned Doctor, 42,
294.
Miyān Mān Pānīpātī,—a tradition-
alist, 286 [see page x].
Miyān Shaikh 'Abd-ullāh, descendant
of Miyān Shaikh Dāūd Jahnīwāl,
403.
Miyān Shaikh Dāūd Jahnī Wāl,—a
great saint and spiritual guide,
200, 403, 408.
Miyān Tān Sīn or Tānsingh,—a
famous Hindū musician of Akbar's
time, 37, 273, 345.
Miyānah, village of,—at 15 cosses
from Patna, 340.
Miyānkāl, a hilly tract between
Samarqand and Bukhārā, 324 and
n 1.
Modern Egyptians, Lane's, 35 n 4.
Moghul Emperors, the, 59 and n 6.
Moghuls, the, 6, 152, 168, 170, 177,
338, 342, 350, 371.
Moguls, the. See the above.
Moḥammad. See under Muḥammad
the Prophet.
Mohanī, town of,—in the neighbour-
hood of Kokandah, 242, 248, 249.
Mohinī, wife of a Hindū goldsmith
of Āgra,—her story with Sayyid
Mūsā of Garmsīr, 113, 114, 119 n 1.
Morely's Descriptive Catalogue, 397 n 2.
Moses of Scripture, 190 n 3, 302.
Mou or Mhow (properly Mahu), town
of, 84 and n 5. See also under
Mow.
Moulawī, Jāmī, 35. See under Jāmī
and 'Abdu-r-raḥmān Jāmī.
Mou-maidānah,—name of a hunting-
ground, 105.
Mow, town of,—in Mālwa, 68 n 3.
See also under Mou.
Muayyid Bēg, brother of 'Abdu-r-
raḥmān Bēg, son of Muayyad Bēg,
17.
Mu'azzu-l-mulk. See under Mu'izzu-
l-mulk.
Mubārak, al-, title of the month of
Ramzān, 44 n 2.
Mubārak Khān Afghān, the assassin
of Bairām Khān, the Khān Khānān,
40.
Mubārak, Mullā,—anti-Islāmic writer
of Akbar's time, 316.
Mubārak of Nāgor, Shaikh,—father
of Shaikh Abu-l-Fazl 'Allāmī and
Shaikh Faizī, 26, 176, 200, 201, 202,
207 and n 3, 273 and nn 4, 5 and 6,
278, 280, 322, 402 and n 1.
Mubārik. See under Mubārak.
Muçāḥib Bēg, son of Khwājah Kalān
Bēg Naqshbandī, the grandson of
Khwājah Aḥrār, 19.
Muçtafā Kātib of Lāhor, Mullā,—
editor, in conjunction with our
author, of the Tārīkh-i-Alfī, 407.
Mudāriya,—a hill district in Mālwa,
ix, 249 [see page ix].
Muflis, Mīrzā,—a master of religious
philosophy and author of the Tafsīr-
i-Ḥāfiz, 190 [see page vi].
Muḥammad, the Prophet, 1 and n 3,
23 n 6, 28 n 2, 35 n 4, 36 n 2, 59
n 4, 203 n 4, 214 n 2, 227 n 2, 231
244, 266, 281, 316, 324, 347 n 4,
374, 378.
Muḥammad, the Judge of Amrāhah,
Mīr Sayyid, 224, 226 n 2. See also
under the Mīr 'Adl.
Muḥammad Akbar Pādshāh. See un-
der Akbar.
Muḥammad 'Alī, the treasurer,—one
of the chief officers of the Court,
359, 365.
Muḥammad 'Alī Dīwānah,—one of
the officers of Mīrzā Muḥammad
Ḥakīm, son of Humāyūn, the gov-
ernor of Kābul, 302.
Muḥammad Amīn. See under Amīnu-
d-dīn.
Muḥammad Amīn Dīvānī,—or
Muḥammad Amīn Dīwānah,—one of
the Amīrs of Akbar, 32, 76, 82, 95
and n 4.
Muḥammad Amīn Khaṭīb,—a Court
attendant, 42.
Muḥammad Amīn, Mīr,—one of the
confidential servants of the Court,
390.
Muḥammad Bairām Khān Turkomān,
—prime-minister of Akbar, 7 n 3
41 and n 3. See also under Bairām
Khān the Khān Khānān.
Muḥammad Bāqī Khān, son of Māhum
Ankah, the nurse of Akbar, 49 n 4,
351. See also under Bāqī Khān.
Muḥammad Bāqī Tarkhān, son of
Muḥammad 'Isā, the ruler of Sindh,
—a direct descendant of Chingīz
Khān, 93 and n 1, 370.
Muḥammad Bāqir, the fifth of the
twelve Imāms of the Shī'ahs, 36n 2.
Muḥammad Bokhārī of Dihlī, Shaikh,
—one of the Amīrs and Generals
of Akbar, 151, 152, 174, 359.
Muḥammad Çādiq Khān,—one of the
Great Amīrs and commanders, 56,
320, 376, 401. See also under
Çādiq Muḥammad Khān.
Muḥammad Çāliḥ of Hirāt, Khwājagī,
grandson of Khwājah 'Abd-ullāh
Marwarīd, the Wazīr,—one of the
Çadrs of Akbar, 48, 340.
Muḥammad Ghous, one of the great
Shaikhs of India, 28, 62, 122.
Muḥammad Ḥaidar Mu'ammāī, Mīr,
—a writer of Akbar's time, 407.
Muḥammad, Ḥājī, an Aḥadī soldier of
Akbar, 303.
Muḥammad Ḥakīm, Mīrzā, son of
Humāyūn, son of Bābar,—ruler of
Kābul, 54, 56, 57, 58 and n 1, 61
and nn 3 and 4, 71, 72, 87, 89, 90,
91 and n 2, 92, 93, 94, 186, 207 and
n 3, 289, 299, 300, 302, 303, 321,
350, 355, 357, 358, 359, 360.
Muḥammad Hāshim, son of Muḥam-
mad Qāsim Khān, Mīr baḥr, the
commandant of Kābul, 409.
Muḥammad Humāyūn Pādshāh Ghāzī,
Ḥazrat, 2. See under Humāyūn.
Muḥammad Ḥusain,—a holder of
jagirs in Gujrāt, 333.
Muḥammad Ḥusain Khān, 11, 140.
Same as Ḥusain Khān, the son-in-
law of Mahdī Qāsim Khān, which
also see.
Muḥammad Ḥusain, Khwājagī,—
brother of Muḥammad Qāsim Khān
Mīr baḥr, and one of the Amīrs of
Mīrzā Muḥammad Ḥakīm, son of
Humāyūn, 303.
Muḥammad Ḥusain Mīrzā, son of
Sulṭān Muḥammad Mīrzā, one of
the descendants of Taimūr, the
Great, 87 and n 1, 93, 145, 151, 152,
167, 169, 170, 171, 172.
Muḥammad Ḥusain, Shaikh,—one of
the old Amīrs of Akbar, 385.
Muḥammad 'Isā, Mīrzā, ruler of
Sindh,—a direct descendant of
Chingīz Khān, 93 and n 1.
Muḥammad Ja'far, son of the mater-
nal aunt of Mīrzā Nizāmu-d-dīn
Aḥmad, 389.
Muḥammad Khān,—alteration of such
names in the reign of Akbar, 324.
Muḥammad Khān Atkah, brother of
Atkah Khān,—one of the great
Amīrs of Akbar, 52, 72 n 2, 92, 109
n 4, 143.
Muḥammad Khān, Malik, son of
Mahdī Qāsim Khān, one of the
great Amīrs of Akbar, 38.
Muḥammad Khān Qandahārī, Shāh,—
commandant of the fort of Kotah
Balāyah on the part of Akbar, 105,
108.
Muḥammad Khān Shirwānī, Pīr,—one
of the great Amīrs and Generals of
Akbar, 2, 6 and n 3, 9, 12, 16, 19,
20, 21, 22, 33, 34, 42, 43, 46, 47,
101.
Muḥammad Khān Sīstānī, Ḥājī,—one
of the Amīrs of Akbar and vice-
gerent of the Khān Khānān, 22,
31, 39, 40, 77, 105.
Muḥammad Khān Uzbek, Pīr, Gov-
ernor of Balkh, 90, 217.
Muḥammad Khudābandah, son of
Shāh Ṭahmāsp, Sulṭān,—king of
Persia, 248.
Muḥammad Ma'çūm Bakkarī, Mīr,—
one of the renowned Amīrs of
Akbar, 386. See also the next.
Muḥammad Ma'çūm Bakrī [Bakkarī?]
Mīr, 252. See the above.
Muḥammad Ma'çūm, son of Hāshim
Khān, the brother of Shihābu-d-dīn
Aḥmad Khān of Dihlī, 181.
Muḥammad Ma'çūm Jounpūrī, = Gov-
ernor of Jounpūr, 291. See under
Ma'çūm Khān Farankhūdī.
Muḥammad Ma'çūm of Kābul,—foster-
brother of Mīrzā Ḥakīm and gov-
ernor of Bihār for Akbar, 91, 277,
284, 289, 290, 291, 292, 299 and n 3,
309, 320, 332, 333, 338. See also
under Ma'çūm Khān and Ma'çūm
Kokah.
Muḥammad Ma'çūm Khān Farankhūdī
or Faranjūdī, son of Mu'īnu-d-dīn
Aḥmad Khān,—one of the great
Amīrs of Akbar, 80 and n 2, 284,
290, 292. See also under Ma'çūm
Khān Farankhūdī.
Muḥammad Ma'çūm, Mīr,—one of the
officers of the Imperial Army, 338.
Muḥammad Ma'çūm, Mullā,—Qāzī of
Bihār, 285.
Muḥammad Makkī, Mīr Sayyid,—a
learned Doctor and Qur'ān reader,
15.
Muḥammad Mīr 'Adl, Sayyid,—
governor of Bakkar, 214, 252.
Muḥammad Munshī, Mīr,—holder of
the fief of Sarūt, in the Dōāb, 52.
Muḥammad Muqīm, Mīrzā,—one of
the Amīrs and Generals of Akbar,
252.
Muḥammad Murād Khān,—governor
of the fort of Ujjain on the part
of Akbar, 110.
Muḥammad Naqī, the tenth of the
twelve Imāms of the Shī'ahs, 32 n 2.
Muḥammad Qāsim,—ambassador of
'Alī Khān, governor of Kashmīr,
to the Court of Akbar, 276.
Muḥammad Qāsim Khān, the High
Admiral, 51. See the next.
Muḥammad Qāsim Khān, Mīr baḥr,—
Commander-in-chief by land and
sea and governor of Kābul on the
part of Akbar, 51, 303, 364, 365,
376, 380, 383, 393, 408, 409.
Muḥammad Qāsim Kōhbar,—vakīl of
Mīrzā Muḥammad Ḥakīm, son of
Humāyūn, 57, 61.
Muḥammad Qulī Khān Barlās,—one
of the great Amīrs and Generals of
Akbar, 5, 12, 55, 72, 96, 104, 105,
169, 170, 195, 196.
Muḥammad Qulī Khān Toqyāī, or
Toqbāī,—one of the Amīrs and
Generals of Akbar, 195 and n 1,
199.
Muḥammad Qulij Khān,—comman-
dant of Kābul on the part of
Akbar, 409.
Muḥammad Rafī' Badakhshī, Khwā-
jah,—one of the Generals of Akbar,
236. See also under Rafī' Badakh-
shī.
Muḥammad Sa'īd Shaibānī, Bahādur
Khān, son of Ḥaidar Sulṭān Uzbek-
i-Shaibānī, 18 n 2, 84 n 1. See
also under Bahādur Khān.
Muḥammad Shāh Sūr 'Ādil, the Em-
peror of India, commonly known
as 'Adalī, 25 n 1. See also under
'Adalī.
Muḥammad, Shaikh, son of Malūk
Shāh Badāūnī, brother of the
author, 130, 132.
Muḥammad Sharīf, Mīrzā, son of Mīr
'Abdu-l-Laṭīf Qazwīnī, of the Sayfī
Sayyids of Qazwīn, 235.
Muḥammad Sharīf, son of Nizāmu-d-
dīn Aḥmad, author of the Ṭabaqāt-
i-Akbarī, 339, 363.
Muḥammad, Sulṭān, Governor of
Bakkar, 138, 423. See under Maḥ-
mūd, Sulṭān of Bakkar.
Muḥammad Sulṭān Mīrzā, son of
Wais Mīrzā, one of the descendants
of Taimūr, the Great, 87 and n 1,
105, 110.
Muḥammad Tāhir Khān Mīr farāghat,
—one of the Amīrs of Akbar and
commandant of Dihlī, 188.
Muḥammad Taqī, the ninth of the
twelve Imāms of the Shī'ahs, 36 n 2.
Muḥammad Uzbek, Derwish,—a ser-
vant of the Imperial Court, 34.
Muḥammad Wifā, the treasurer,—
one of the Court officers, 357.
Muḥammad Yaḥyā Naqshbandī, Khwā-
jah,—one of the descendants of
Khwājah Aḥrār of Ajmīr, 225,
275.
Muḥammad Yār Harāwal,—brother's
son of Sikandar Khān, the Uzbek,
82 and n 2.
Muḥammad of Yazd, Mullā,—a zeal-
ous Shī'ī, 214, 267, 271, 284, 285,
297.
Muḥammad Yūsuf Khān, son of
Atkah Khān, Shamsu-d-dīn Mu-
ḥammad, the A'zam Khān, 86.
Muḥammad Zāhid of Balkh, Maulāna,
—nephew of the great Shaikh
Ḥusain of Khwārizm, 253.
Muḥammad Zamān Mīrzā, son of
Shāh Rukh Mīrzā of Badakhshān,
366, 408, 409.
Muḥammadābād, a dependency of
Mou, 84.
Muḥassan Razwī, Mīr,—one of the
confidential servants of the Court,
174.
Muḥib 'Alī Khān, son of Mīr Khalī-
fah,—one of the Amīrs and Gener-
als of Akbar, 138, 179, 284, 290,
320.
Muḥiu-d-dīn 'Abdu-l-Qādir Jīlānī,
Shaikh, 200.
Muḥiu-d-dīn, son of al-Badāonī,
author of the Muntakhabu-t-Tawā-
rīkh, 276.
Mu'īn, Mullānā,—a celebrated
preacher, 285.
Mu'īn, Shaikh, grandson of Mullānā
Mu'īn, the celebrated preacher,
285.
Mu'īnu-d-dīn Aḥmad Khān Faran-
khūdī, Governor of Sambhal,—one
of the Amīrs and Generals of Ak-
bar, 48, 157, 158, 195, 284.
Mu'īnu-d-dīn Chishtī Sigizī, Khwājah,
—one of the greatest Muḥam-
madan Saints of India, buried in
Ajmīr, 45, 108, 111 n 5, 143, 168 n 2
188, 203 and n 2, 233 and n 4, 243
n 3, 246 and n 2, 262 n 1, 280, 320.
See also under Khwājah Ajmīrī.
Mu'īnu-d-dīn Khān Farankhūdī. See
under Mu'īnu-d-dīn Aḥmad Khān
Farankhūdī.
Mu'īnu-d-dīn, Khwājah, son of Khwā-
jah Khāwind,—one of the des-
cendants of Khwājah Aḥrār, 57.
Mu'izzu-l-mulk Mashhadī, Mīr,—one
of the Mūsawī Sayyids of Mashhad,
descendants of Imām Mūsā ar-Rizā,
80 and n 3, 81, 82, 83, 84, 284, 285,
297.
Mujāhid Khān, nephew of Muḥib 'Alī
Khān,—one of the Amīrs and
Generals of Akbar, 138, 233, 249.
Mu'jamu-l-buldān, the,—of Yāqūt,
388.
Mujdī of Sarhind, Mullā,—Receiver-
General of revenues, 274.
Mulānā Nizāmu-d-dīn,—an inhabitant
of Sūrat, 148.
Mulānā Qāsim Arsalān. See under
Qāsim Arsalān.
Mulānā Sa'īd, of Transoxiana,—Doctor
of Law, 45.
Mulānā Shīrī, the Poet. See under
Mullā Shīrī.
Mulathān, district of, 425.
Mullā 'Abd-ullāh Sulṭānpūrī. See
under 'Abd-ullāh Sulṭānpūrī.
Mullā Alim of Kābul. See under
Alim of Kabul.
Mullā 'Ashqī Khān,—Vakīl of Qāzī
Çadru-d-dīn of Lāhor, 276.
Mullā Ghazālī, a poet of Mashhad,
94.
Mullā Ismā'īl 'Aṭā-i-Mu'ammā-i,—
disciple of Shaikh Muḥammad
Ghous, 62.
Mullā Mubārak,—anti-Islāmic writer
of Akbar's time, 316.
Mullā Mujdī of Sarhind,—Receiver-
General of revenues, 274.
Mullā Sherī,—a poet, 204. See also
the next.
Mullā Shīrī, the Hindū poet, 53, 112,
239, 304, 319, 330, 346, 362. See
also the above.
Mullā Ṭaib of Kīṭ'hal,—Dīwān of the
province of Bihār and Ḥājīpūr, 274.
Mullā Ṭālib Içfahānī,—author of
an account of Little Tibet, 388.
Mullā Taqī of Shustar,—one of the
followers of Akbar's new religion,
418.
Mullā 'Urfī of Shīrāz, a celebrated
poet, 387.
Multān, 138, 161, 162, 163, 168, 212,
213, 223, 258, 278, 286, 399, 402,
417, 425.
Mulūkshāh, Shaikh, father of the
author 'Abd-ul-Qādir al-Badāonī,
26, 51, 259.
Munawwar, Shaikh,—one of the
Ulamā of Lāhor and Çadr of
Mālwah, 285.
Mungīr, fortress of, 291.
Mun'im Khān, Governor of Kābul
and Ghaznī, and successor of
Bairām Khān as Khān Khānān, 5
and n 4, 34, 38, 39, 49 and n 4, 51,
54, 55 and n 4, 76, 78, 80, 87, 92 n 5,
138, 174, 177, 190, 194, 198 and n 2,
220, 221, 232, 247. See also under
the Khān Khānān Mun'im Khān.
Munīr, Mīr,—one of the confidential
servants of the court, 390.
Munkir and Nakīr, the judges of the
dead, 414 and n 1.
Muntakhabu-t-Tawārīkh, the,—of al-
Budāonī, 62.
Muqarrab Khān, a Chief of the
Amīrs of the Dakkan, 68, 87, 88.
Muqbil Khān,—one of Akbar's
courtiers, 122.
Muqīm of Içfahān, Mīrzā,—Akbar's
Wakīl at the court of Ḥusain
Khān, Governor of Kashmīr, 128.
Muqīm Khān, called by the title of
Shujā'at Khān,—one of the Amīrs
of Akbar and sister's son to Tardī
Bēg Khān, 38, 66. See also under
Shujā'at Khān.
Murād, Prince Sulṭān, second son
of Akbar, 136, 267, 301, 302 and
n 2, 362, 381, 390, 391 and n 2,
401, 416.
Murtazā Sharīfī, or Murtazā Sharīf
Shīrāzī, Mīr,—of the family of the
celebrated Mīr Sayyid Sharīf Jur-
jānī, 85, 101, 102.
Murtazā, Mīr,—one of the Amīrs of
the Dak'hin, 354, 372.
Murtazī Nizāmu-l-mulk, governor of
the Dak'hin, 334. See also under
Nizāmu-l-Mulk.
Mūsā [Moses,] of Scripture, 190 and
n 3.
Mūsā of Garmsīr, Sayyid, son of
Sayyid Mikrī,—one of the chief
Sayyids of Kālpī, 113, 114, 115,
116, 117, 119, 121.
Mūsā Gīlānī Qādirī, Shaikh, son of
the sainted Shaikh Ḥāmid of Uchh,
418.
Mūsā Kāzim, the seventh of the twelve
Imāms of the Shī'ahs, 36 n 2.
Mūsā Khān Fulādī, Governor of
Patan, in Gujrāt, 40.
Mūsā Qāsim. See under Mūsā Kā-
zim, of which it appears to be a
mis-print.
Mūsawī Sayyids of Mashhad, the,
—descendants of 'Alī Mūsā Rizā,
the 8th Imām of the Shī'ahs, 80
n 3.
Musharraf Bēg,—a servant of Shāh
Mançūr, the dīwān of the empire,
300 and n 2.
Muṣṭafā, another name of Muḥam-
mad the Prophet, 35 n 4, 324.
Mus'ūd. See under Mas'ūd.
Muṭlab Khān,—one of the Amīrs of
Akbar, 297.
Muttahī Afghān Kāsī, Shaikh,—one
of the renowned Shaikhs of the
Panjāb, 294.
Muwaṭṭa, the,—a book of jurispru-
dence by the celebrated Imām
Mālik, 212.
Muzaffar 'Alī Dīwānah, Khwājah,
34. Probably the same as Khwājah
Muzaffar 'Alī Turbatī.
Muzaffar 'Alī Turbatī, Khwājah,—
becomes Minister of Finance with
the title of Khān, 64. See also
under Muzaffar Khān, 'Alī Turbatī.
Muzaffar Ḥusain Mīrzā, son of Ibrā-
hīm Ḥusain Mīrzā,— one of the
descendants of Taimūr and husband
of Sulṭān Khānum, the eldest
daughter of Akbar, 148, 256, 257
and n 1, 260, 274.
Muzaffar Ḥusain, Mīrzā, son of Sulṭān
Ḥusain Mīrzā, son of Bahrām
Mīrzā, son of Ismā'īl Çafawī,—
commandant of Qandahār and the
Garmsīr, 222, 402, 416, 417 n 1.
Muzaffar Khān, Governor of Bengāl,
277. Same as Muzaffar Khān 'Alī
Turbatī, which see.
Muzaffar Khān, 'Alī Dīwānah, 34.
Probably the same as Muzaffar
Khān 'Alī Turbatī.
Muzaffar Khān, 'Alī Turbatī, of the
tribe of Turbat, in Khurāsān,—
one of the great Amīrs of Akbar
who was made Minister of Finance,
then Prime Minister and afterwards
Governor of Bengāl, 64, 70, 78,
84, 89, 92, 94, 96, 104, 111, 153,
174, 185, 244, 245, 247, 275, 277,
288, 289, 290, 325.
Muzaffar Khān, Rājah, 247 n 2 (read
Rājah Todar Mall), 248 (dele Rājah.
See Muzaffar Khān 'Alī Turbatī).
Muzaffar Moghūl,—one of the Amīrs
of Akbar's army, 195.
Muzaffar, son of Sulṭān Maḥmūd
Gujrātī, 145, 337, 338, 339, 340,
341, 342, 344, 355, 365, 370 and
n 4, 371, 399, 426.
Muzill, al-, or the Tempter,—
a title of Iblīs or the devil,
266.

N.

Nabatheans, the, 253 and n 1.
Naçībīn, town of,—in Syria, 328.
Nāçir, also written Nāsir, which see.
Nāçir, Governor of the fortress of
Baroṇch and wife's brother of
Muzaffar, son of Sulṭān Maḥmūd
Gujrātī, 342, 344.
Nāçir-i-Khusrou,—a Persian poet,
295.
Nāçiru-l-Mulk, title of Pīr Muḥam-
mad Khān Shīrwānī, 33.
Nadarbār, town of, 257, 373.
Nādot, town of, 344, 370.
Nafaḥātu-l-uns, the,—a biography of
Muḥammadan saints by Maulānā
'Abdur-Raḥmān Jāmī, 270.
Nagar-chīn, city of, 68, 70, 86, 91.
Nagarkot, city of, 4, 159, 161, 164,
165, 369.
Nāgor, town of, 26, 32, 33, 34, 40, 57
and nn 2 and 4, 109, 137, 143, 147,
153, 176, 200, 241 n 2, 322.
Nāhīd Bēgum, wife of Muḥib 'Alī
Khān, son of Mīr Khalīfah, 138.
Nahju-l-balāghat, the,—a book of
Traditions, 64.
Nahr-u-'Isā, the,—the river Mahā-
nadī of Oṛisā, so called after the
name of the Zamīndār of the place,
333 and n 4.
Nahr-ullāh, the river of God,—in a
proverbial saying, 333 and n 4.
Nahr-u-Ma'qil, the,—name of a river
near Basrah, 333 n 4.
Nahrwālah, town of,—at 5 cosses from
Aḥmadābād, 339. Also called
Patan, which see.
Nahtnūr, parganna of, a dependency
of Sambhal, 93.
Najātu-r-rashīd, the,—a work by
al-Badāonī on legal questions, 212
and n 1.
Najd,—Province of Arabia, 32
n 1.
Nakhodeh,—a town in Persia near
the lake of Urumiyah, 243 n 6.
Nakhūdī Shawls, 243 and n 6.
Nālchah, a town in the territory of
Dhar in Mālwah, on the route from
Mow to Mandū, 68 and n 3.
Nal-u-Daman,—their story written
in a Masnawī by Shaikh Faizī,
King of the Poets, 410.
Nāmah-e-Khirad-afzā, the,—name of
a book, 186. See also under
Khirad-afzā.
Namakī, surname of Mirzā Abu-l-
Qāsim Tamkūr, an officer of the
army, as given in Elliot, 196 n 1.
Namakīn, surname of Mīrzā Abu-l-
Qāsim Tamkūr as given in Bloch-
mann, 196 n 1.
Na'mān, King of Ḥīrah, in 'Irāq,
231 and n 2.
Nandanah, town of, 260.
Napoleon, the Emperor of the French,
241 n 3.
Naqārah-Khānah, the,—a sort of
gallery where kettle-drums are
beaten at certain hours, 219 and
n 3.
Naqīb Khān, a surname of Mīr
Ghiyāsu-d-dīn, son of Mīr 'Abdu-l-
Laṭīf, a Sayfī Sayyid of Qazwīn,
24, 45, 179, 207, 212, 233, 328, 330,
411, 413, 426.
Naqshbandī, Khwājah Bahāu-d-dīn,
—a Muḥammadan saint, 72.
Naqshbandī, Khwājah Ḥasan. See
under Ḥasan Naqshbandī.
Narāin Dās, Rājah of Idar, 249, 251,
252.
Narbadah, the,—a river, 46 and n 5,
47, 110.
Narhan, one of the fords of the river
Ganges, 77, 78, 80, 85.
Narhan, the,—a river, 77. See the
above.
Nārnoul, fortress of, 56, 58, 108, 153,
188, 259.
Nārnūl, town of, 259 [see page ix].
See also the above.
Narsingh,—name of an elephant in
the imperial army, 99.
Narwar, town and district of, 66, 74,
75, 391.
Nāsir, also written Nāçir, which see.
Nasīru-d-dīn Muḥammad Humāyūn
Pādshāh, father of Akbar, 2 n 4.
See under Humāyūn.
Nāsiru-l-Mulk, title of Mullā Pīr
Muḥammad Khān Shīrwānī, 22.
See also under Nāçiru-l-Mulk.
Naurang Khān, son of Quṭbu-d-dīn
Muḥammad Khān Atkah, 341. See
also under Naurang Khān.
Nawārī,—a zamīndār of Rājpīplah,
341.
Nayābat Khān, son of Hāshim Khān
Nīshāpūrī,—one of the Amīrs of
Akbar, 284. See also under Niyā-
bat Khān.
Nazāmābād, Parganna of, one of the
dependencies of Jounpūr, 85.
Nazar, Bahādur,—one of the Amīrs
and generals of Akbar, 99 and n 1,
105, 196.
Nazar Bey Uzbek, Governor of Balkh,
362, 363.
Nazarbār, town of, 341.
Neurnberg, Rev. W. H. Lowe's Me-
moir book of, 236 n 1, 240 n 1.
Niçābu-ç-çibyān, the,—a vocabulary in
rhyme by Abū Naçr of Farāh, 316.
Nīlāb, the,—one of the affluents of
the river Sind (Indus), 72, 90, 301
n 6.
Nile, the, 202.
Nīmaspah,—one of the divisions of
Aḥadī troopers, in the army of
Akbar, 194 and n 2.
Ni'mat Rusūlī [Rasūlī?], Mīr Sayyid,
24.
Nïm Kahār, fortress of, 76.
Nimrod, 202 and n 3.
Nisāpūr, town of,—in Khurāsān, 49
n 5.
Niyābat Khān, son of Hāshim Khān
Nīshāpūrī,—one of the Amīrs of
Akbar, 297, 298, 307. See also
under Nayābat Khān.
Nizām Aghā,—a trusty friend of 'Alī
Qulī Khān Uzbek the Khān Zamān,
83.
Nizām Badakhshī, Qāzī,—afterwards
known by the titles of Qāzī Khān
and Ghāzī Khān, 5, 185, 186, 218.
See also under Qāzī Khān and
Ghāzī Khān Badakhshī.
Nizām, Mīr,—sister's husband to
Mīrzā Shāhrukh, son of Ibrāhīm
Mīrzā, 276.
Nizām Nārnouli, Shaikh,—one of the
greatest Shaikhs of India, 108, 259
[see page ix].
Nizāmābād, Pargannah of, one of the
dependencies of Jounpūr, 85.
Nizāmī,—Mīrzā Nizāmu-d-dīn Aḥmad,
author of the Ṭabaqāt-i-Akbarī,
363, 403.
Nizāmu-d-dīn Aḥmad, Khwājah,—one
of the Amīrs of Akbar and author
of the Ṭabaqāt-i-Nizāmī, known
also as the Ṭabaqāt-i-Akbarī, 102,
302, 305, 309, 328, 332, 338, 340,
342, 343, 344, 346, 353, 355, 356,
363, 371, 373, 374, 380, 384, 389,
393, 411 and n 1, 412. Known also
simply by the title of Nizāmī, which
see.
Nizāmu-d-dīn Aḥmad Mīrzā. See the
[above.
Nizāmu-d-dīn Ambit'hi-Wāl, Shaikh,
—a Muḥammadan saint of Hind,
167.
Nizāmu-d-dīn, Mīr, 397. See under
Nizāmu-d-dīn Aḥmad.
Nizāmu-d-dīn, Mulānā,—an inhabi-
tant of the fort of Sūrat, 148.
Nizāmu-l-Mulk, ruler of the state of
Aḥmadnagar, in the Dak'hin, 354.
See also under Murtazī Nizāmu-l-
Mulk.
Noah of Scripture, 255, 274.
Notes on Muḥammadanism, Hughes',
36 n 2.
Nourāhī, a village in the parganna of
Jalēsah, 155.
Nourang Khān, son of Quṭbu-d-dīn
Muḥammad Khān Atgah, 167, 173.
See also under Naurang Khān.
Nouroz-i-Jalālī, the vernal equinox,—
beginning of the year of the Ilāhī
or era of Akbar, 175 n 1, 268, 348.
Nousārī, town of,—in Gujrāt, 268.
Nouveau Journal Asiatique, 46 n 3,
48 n 4.
Nouroz-i-Jalālī. See under Nouroz-
i-Jalālī.
Nowroz-i-Sulṭānī, the new year's day
of the Ilāhī era, 348 and n 4, 353.
Nūr Muḥammad Khān-i-Kalān, brother
of the Atkah Khān 169. See also
under Khān Kalān and Muḥammad
Khān Atkah.

The first month.

↩

The second month.

↩

Text, p. 349, 1. 2, and 381.

↩

Called in the maps Sealcot.

↩

7 + 5 + 10 + 600 + 50 + 3 + 200 + 80 + 6 + 31 + 4 = 996.

↩

600 + 6 + 20 + 60 + 100 + 200 + 10 = 996.

↩

See Blochm. p. 206, n. 2.

↩

See Blochm. p. 207, n. 1.

↩

300 + 10 + 6 + 70 + 40 + 70 + 80 + 10 + 10 + 400 = 996 ◌ is spelt with only one ◌ but to make the date right it must be written with tashdíd.

↩

See p. 370.

↩

See Price's Memoirs of Jahangueir, p. 99.

↩

The third month.

↩

The sixth month.

↩

Viz., Srínagar, i. e., Kashmír the Capital.

↩

See Gladwin's Dissertations, &c., p. 30.

↩

In ◌ there seems to be an indirect reference to the “four elements” and the “nine heavens.”

↩

A name of Al-Fáryábí a great Arabic Doctor who died 343 A. H.

↩

A name of Ibn Sina (Avecenna) who died 428 A. H.

↩

The ninth month.

↩

See Blochm. p. 524.

↩

600 + 4 + 1 + 10 + 300 + 60 + 7 + 1 + 4 + 5 + 1 + 4 = 997.

↩

The eleventh month.

↩

2 + 5 + 20 + 6 + 1 + 50 + 400 + 6 + 4 + 200 + 6 + 40 + 200 + 4 + 50 + 4 = 998.

↩

6 + 10 + 200 + 80 + 400 + 204 + 3 + 5 + 50 + 40 = 998.

↩

Read ◌ instead of ◌ and we get the correct date, viz., 600 + 4 + 1 + 6 + 50 + 4 + 4 + 20 + 55 + 40 + 200 + 14 = 998.

↩

The fifth month.

↩

There is a pun on the name Jám which also means “Cup”; also on daur “passing” and “age.”

↩

That is, has broken up the assembly.

↩

The tenth month.

↩

80 + 400 + 6 + 8 + 1 + 400 + 70 + 7 + 10 + 7 + 10 = 999, which in one too many.

↩

300 + 10 + 600 + 6 + 3 + 10 + 5 + 4 + 10 + 50 = 998.

↩

Our author in Vol. III, p. 110 says that Ladah Suhnah is a town about 18 cosses from Dihli.

↩

8 + 100 + 10 + 100 + 400 + 80 + 100 + 200 = 998.

↩

100 + 90 + 4 + 800 + 5 = 999.

↩

300 + 5 + 1 + 2 + 600 + 1 + 50 + 40 = 999.

↩

700 + 40 + 10 + 40 + 1 + 30 + 1 + 6 + 90 + 1 + 80 = 999.

↩

See above, p. 336, n. 5.

↩

300 + 10 + 600 + 30 + 10 + 40 = 1000, one too many.

↩

Punning on his name.

↩

70 + 200 + 80 + 10 + 3 + 6 + 1 + 50 + 5 + 40 + 200 × 20 + 300 + 44 + 10 = 999.

↩

4 + 300 + 40 + 50 + 600 + 4 + 1 = 999.

↩

Blochm., p. 106.

↩

The Lak'hnau text has ◌ instead of ◌

↩

The eighth month.

↩

The tenth month.

↩

Prince Salím, afterwards Jahángír.

↩

Jahángír says in his Memoirs (Túzuk, p. 1) that his father always called him by this name. Shaikhú is the vocative plural in Hindústání.

↩

The twelfth month.

↩

Because he was born in the mountain district. See Túzuk, p. 26 (Trans.).

↩

See Blochm., plate 9, 4.

↩

The three princes were Salím, Murád, and Dányál.

↩

Means “Bee,” “honey-maker.”

↩

Spelt in our maps Oorcha.

The eleventh month.

The first month.

The sixth month.

200 + 10 + 300 + 5 + 1 + 2 + 200 + 2 + 1 + 4 + 4 + 1 + 4 + 5 + 40 + 80 + 60 + 14 + 3 + 50 + 4 + 10 = 1000.

↩

The eighth month.

↩

The tenth month.

↩

His name Rakhnah means “fissure.” The verse may also be rendered “Rakhnah went to Paradise, and glory departed.” The numerical value of bágh “garden” is 1003 that of áb “water” is 3, take 3 from 1003 and you get the date 1000.

↩

I. e., from ◌ 1000 which is at the end of the word ◌ “garden.”

↩

11 + 8 + 1 + 80 + 900 = 1000.

↩

Ḥusain Beg and Qází 'Ali had been sent by Akbar to Kashmír to look into the revenue. Blochm., p. 346.

↩

46 + 700 + 10 + 40 + 200 + 4 = 1000.

↩

His name Kal means “bald.”

↩

On the frontier of the Panjáb and Kashmír.

↩

The twelfth month.

↩

See p. 376.

↩

A famous ode in praise of the Prophet by Abu 'Abd-ulláh Muḥammad Sharf-uddín.

↩

Morely, Dcscriptive Catalogue, pp. 1-11.

↩

The month of January was called Bahman, and so too the 2nd days of every month, but of that month in particular, on which day they eat bahman saffron.

↩

That is, according to the Illáhî reckoning.

↩

The fourth month of the Muhammadan year.

↩

The first month.

↩

The second month.

↩

According to the Túzuk (Sayyid Aḥmad's Text, p. 45, last two lines) it was the building which was called Zain-lanká. The lake was called Ulur.

Jellum or Hydaspes.

A cubit. Vullers.

Weeping willow.

The third month.

The fourth month.

Or Nohání.

The sixth month.

The text here is very much confused; but I think I have given the right sense.

↩

For the sentiment compare the saying of Rabban Gamliel, son of Rabbi (Mishnah, Aboth ii. 4) “Make His will thy will, that He may make thy will His will.” And for the “turn” of the verse, compare Rapin's line on the Marigold:

Calthaque, solis amans, solem dum spectat amatum,
Ducit eum, quem fert, ipso de sole colorem.

↩

The capital of Súrat.

↩

The seventh month.

↩

40 + 10 + 200 + 7 + 1 + 20 + 6 + 25 + 2 + 8 + 3 + 80 + 200 + 400 = 1002. The date is therefore 1001.

↩

He went with all his children and a tremendous suite.

↩

Abu Isḥaq bin Adham a great saint, died 166 A. H. He made a very famous pilgrimage alone to Mekkah. See D'Herbelot sub voce “Adhem.” He is well-known from Leigh Hunt's poem.

↩

The eleventh month.

↩

Father of Faizí and Abul-Fazl.

↩

80 + 600 + 200 + 31 + 40 + 30 + 20 = 1001.

↩

300 + 10 + 600 + 21 + 40 + 30 = 1001.

↩

300 + 200 + 10 + 70 + 400 + 3 + 4 + 10 + 4 = 1001.

↩

The first month.

↩

The temperature in Persia, India &c. depends more on elevation and soil, than on latitude. The higher and cooler regions are called sarasír, the hotter garmsír. See Balfour's Alí Hazín, p. 100, n.

↩

See Blochmann, p. 53.

↩

It was the custom to keep bags of 1000 dam at hand ready for distribution. Thomas, Pathan Kings of Dehli, p. 421, n. 1.

See suprá, p. 377.

King of Aḥmadnagar.

I. e., Dog.

The fifth month.

I cannot make it give more than 992.

↩

50 + 900 + 1 + 40 + 10 = 1001.

↩

The sixth month.

↩

Or ◌ may mean “bloodshed”; but I have taken it as the Arab. pl. of the Persian ◌ a table, food.

↩

So called, because they came to feast their eyes on the Emperor every morning at his first public appearance called “Darsan.” See Blochmann, Áín-i Akbarí, p. 157. Darçana is Sanskrit for “sight,” Gr. ◌.

↩

Colonel Yule in his edition of Marco Polo mentions the custom of exposing the dead as current in Cathay, (vol. II, pp. 117, 118).

↩

Khánú is a diminutive, from Khán. See Vuller's Inst. ling. pers., p. 235.

↩

See Blochmann, p. 218.

↩

I propose to read ◌ instead of ◌ which might, however, be rendered “a method.”

↩

See Text, p. 317.

↩

He means that he could not afford to reject work for which he was paid.

↩

Called Sawáti'ul ilhám. The rays of inspiration. See Blochmann, p. 549.

↩

1 + 40 + 200 + 1 + 200 + 500 + 1 + 50 + 10 = 1003.

↩

Al Qur'án, VI, 59.

↩

[Translation of Editor's note.] Be it known that the sum-total of the numerical values of letters of the verse “There is nothing green &c.” is 1099, and that of the line “Praise be to God! &c.” is 973, and that of the line “O God &c.” is 1031. Thus each of the lines gives a different date. [This being the case we leave it to our more patient readers to discover the solution of the enigma. Tr.]

↩

Al Qur'án, chap. CXII. The whole surah added does give 1002.

↩

600 + 6 + 1 + 3 + 5 + 1 + 2 + 200 + 1 + 5 + 10 + 40 + 8 + 60 + 10 + 50 = 1002.

↩

Jhanní is near Láhór. He died in 982. Blochm., p. 539.

↩

Al Qur'án, 14, 23.

↩

The eleventh month.

↩

Qulij properly Qülüj, means in Turkí a sword. Blochm., 355, n.

↩

Jumlat ul Mulk, see Blochm, p. 349.

↩

See p. 290, n. 1.

↩

Viz., Ja'far Beg, see Blochm., 528.

↩

1 + 60 + 400 + 100 + 1 + 40 + 400 = 1002.

↩

60 + 1 + 2 + 100 + 1 + 30 + 400 + 6 + 2 + 400 = 1002.

The first month.

The second month.

Faizí.

Author of the Tabaqát-i Akbarí.

↩

20 + 6 + 5 + 200 + 12 + 2 + 5 + 1 + 7 + 4 + 50 + 10 + 1 + 200 + 80 + 400 = 1003.

↩

See p. 396.

↩

I. e., Abu-l-Fazl, see p. 201.

↩

The text here seems corrupt.

↩

The seventh month.

↩

See Blochm. p. 337, n. 2.

↩

See ◌ in De Sacy, Pendnamah, p. liv.

↩

The judges of the dead.

↩

That is, the Author.

↩

The ninth month.

↩

“The Sea of Tales.” It is probably the Rájataranginí, “The Occan of Kings,” the only piece of History in Sanskrit. The Kathá Sarit Ságara could hardly be meant.

↩

The twelfth month.

↩

The Mirzá Muzaffar Ḥusain mentioned above.

↩

See Vol. III, p. 148 of Text.

↩

Al Qur'án II, 151.

↩

Referring to the well-known verse of the Quran vii. 171.

↩

He had been deprived of this grant, and had returned to Uchh. Blochm., p. 544.

↩

Shaçt was the symbol which the Emperor presented to each novice of his Divine Faith (Blochm., 166). It also means a fish-hook.

↩

Because Muslims use such phrases after the name of God.

↩

Literally “There is no good in bán, and zádah.” A possible explanation of this saying is, that some words expressive of contempt, such as ḥarámzádah bastard, and names of menial servants, such as pílbán &c., end in bán and zádah.

↩

40 + 6 + 400 + 200 + 1 + 300 + 3 + 50 + 4 = 1004.

↩

Al Qur'án vii, 146. Gosalah is Persian for “a calf.”

↩

The title Suflí “base” seems to be given him in contempt instead of Çúfí.

↩

The second month.

↩

100 + 1 + 70 + 4 + 5 + 1 + 30 + 8 + 1 + 4 + 300 + 20 + 60 + 400 = 1004.

↩

See Blochm. p. 466.